01.06.2013 Views

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES - Universitatea de Medicină şi Farmacie

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES - Universitatea de Medicină şi Farmacie

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES - Universitatea de Medicină şi Farmacie

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

STATE UNIVERSITY OF MEDICINE AND PHARMACY<br />

NICOLAE TESTEMITANU OF THE REPUBLIC OF MOLDOVA<br />

Rodica GRAMMA, Adriana PALADI<br />

<strong>BEHAVIORAL</strong> <strong>SCIENCES</strong><br />

Didactic material for medical stu<strong>de</strong>nts<br />

COMPENDIUM<br />

Chisinau, 2011<br />

0


STATE UNIVERSITY OF MEDICINE AND PHARMACY<br />

NICOLAE TESTEMITANU OF THE REPUBLIC OF MOLDOVA<br />

Chair of Philosophy and Bioethics<br />

Rodica GRAMMA, Adriana PALADI<br />

<strong>BEHAVIORAL</strong> <strong>SCIENCES</strong><br />

Didactic material for medical stu<strong>de</strong>nts<br />

COMPENDIUM<br />

Chisinau<br />

Centrul Editorial-Poligrafic Medicina<br />

2011<br />

1


CZU 316.62+ 316.77 (075.8)<br />

G 76<br />

Aprobat <strong>de</strong> Consiliul Metodic Central al USMF Nicolae Testemiţanu,<br />

proces verbal nr. 2 din 18.03. 2010<br />

Recenzenţi: Angela Spinei - doctor în filosofie, conferenţiar universitar (USM)<br />

Tudor Grejdianu – dr. hab. în medicină, profesor universitar (USMF)<br />

Redactor ştiinţific: Teodor N. Ţîr<strong>de</strong>a – dr. hab. în filosofie, profesor universitar<br />

Coordonator: Vitalie Ojovanu, doctor în filosofie, conferenţiar universitar<br />

În elaborare se realizează o incursiune în cele mai importante teme ale<br />

ştiinţelor comportamentale, <strong>de</strong>finindu-se concepte <strong>de</strong> bază, relatându-se variate<br />

abordări, realizări <strong>şi</strong> probleme ale domeniului. Noţiunile cheie ale lucrării sunt:<br />

comportament, comunicare, personalitate, sănătate, eficienţă etc. Compendiumul<br />

este adresat stu<strong>de</strong>nţilor, cadrelor didactice <strong>şi</strong> tuturor celor interesaţi <strong>de</strong><br />

problematica domeniului.<br />

The work inclu<strong>de</strong>s the introduction into the most important themes of<br />

behavioral sciences, via <strong>de</strong>finition of the basic concepts, via exposure of different<br />

approaches, achievements and problems of domain. The key words of the work<br />

are: behavior, communication, personality, health, efficiency etc. The work is<br />

<strong>de</strong>signed for the stu<strong>de</strong>nts, professors and all interested in the subjects of matter.<br />

DESCRIEREA CIP A CAMEREI NAŢIONALE A CĂRŢII<br />

Gramma, Rodica; Paladi, Adriana<br />

Behavioral sciences: Compendium. Didactic material for medical stu<strong>de</strong>nts /<br />

Rodica Gramma, Adriana Paladi; red. Şt.: Teodor N.Ţîr<strong>de</strong>a; State Univ. Medicine and<br />

Pharmacy „Nicolae Testemiţanu” of Rep. of Moldova, Chair of Philosophy and Bioethics.<br />

– Ch.: CEP „Medicina”. 2011 – 158 p.<br />

50 ex.<br />

ISBN 978-9975-913-82-9<br />

[316.62 +316.77]:61(075.8)<br />

G76<br />

ISBN 978-9975-913-82-9 © Catedra Filosofie <strong>şi</strong> Bioetică,<br />

© CEP Medicina<br />

2


Table of content<br />

Preface………………………………………………………………<br />

1. Introduction in Behavioral Sciences<br />

1.1.Behavior as a Concept ……………………………………..<br />

1.2.Factors Influencing Human Behavior ……………………...<br />

1.3. Abnormal Behavior ………………………………………..<br />

2. Behavior and Personality<br />

2.1. Human Personality…………………………………………<br />

2.2. Behavior and Temperament. Temperament Typology…….<br />

2.3. Behavior and Human Somatic …………………………….<br />

2.4. Jung's Theory of Psychological Types …………………….<br />

3. Behavior and Society<br />

3.1 The Society and its Structure ………………………………<br />

3.2. The Concepts of Social Status and Role …………………...<br />

3.3. Health Care as a Social System ……………………………<br />

3.4. The Social Role of Doctors and Patients …………………..<br />

3.5. Deviations from the Role Obligations in the Doctor-Patient<br />

Relationship ……………………………………………….<br />

4. Communication. Definitions and Functions<br />

4.1. What is Communication? ………………………………….<br />

4.2. Communication Process..…………………………………..<br />

4.3. Communication Functions ………… ……………………..<br />

4.4. Communication and Health………………………………...<br />

5. Metacommunication and Cultural Differences<br />

5.1. Metacommunication as Interpretation ……………………..<br />

5.2. Verbal Communication ……………………………………<br />

5.3. Paraverbal Communication ………………………………..<br />

5.4. Body Language …………………………………………….<br />

5.5. Extraverbal Communication ………………………………<br />

5.6. Interaction of Verbal and Nonverbal Communication …….<br />

5.7. Appearance of Medical Stu<strong>de</strong>nts and Doctors. The Dress<br />

Co<strong>de</strong>……………………………………………………………..<br />

6. Barriers and Cleavages in Communication<br />

6.1. Communication Distorting Factors ….…………………….<br />

6.2. Stereotypes, Stigma and Discrimination …………………..<br />

6.3 Active Listening……………………………………………<br />

3<br />

5<br />

6<br />

9<br />

18<br />

27<br />

29<br />

31<br />

38<br />

45<br />

47<br />

50<br />

58<br />

67<br />

73<br />

75<br />

79<br />

81<br />

88<br />

89<br />

93<br />

94<br />

101<br />

105<br />

106<br />

111<br />

117<br />

125


6.4 Barriers and Solutions for an Effective Medical<br />

Communication ...........................................................................<br />

7. Behavior and Cultural Contexts<br />

7.1. The Concept of Culture ……………………………………<br />

7.2. Etiquette and Cultural Differences ………………………...<br />

7.3. Conflict - Definition and Resolution ………………………<br />

7.4. Intercultural Communication……………………………….<br />

8. Health Risk Behaviors and Communication in Risk Conditions.<br />

8.1. Dangerous Factors Determining Appearance of Illness …...<br />

8.2. Risky Health Lifestyles ………………………….………...<br />

8.3. Behavior Change Communication …………………………<br />

4<br />

129<br />

134<br />

135<br />

137<br />

142<br />

146<br />

147<br />

155


Preface<br />

What and how man is there are questions the humanity is interested in<br />

for the ages but only in the mo<strong>de</strong>rn times the more or less rigorous answers<br />

are acquired. The mo<strong>de</strong>rn sciences, shifting the accents and priorities in<br />

studying humans and moving in <strong>de</strong>ep, enrich our knowledge, enabling us for a<br />

better un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of human nature. What is really significant in this context<br />

is that the mo<strong>de</strong>rn argued approach to man, as to the bio-psycho-social<br />

integrity, changes the dominant in present therapeutic attitu<strong>de</strong>s towards person<br />

as to the exclusively biologic entity. The hallmark for replacement of<br />

biological therapeutic paradigm with that psychosomatic one is the inclusion<br />

in medical schools’ curriculum the matter called Behavioral Sciences.<br />

What are Behavioral sciences? It is a very complex domain; it is<br />

actually a generic title of a cluster of discipline such as medical sociology,<br />

medical psychology, communication sciences etc.<br />

The textbook contains essential general issues in Behavioral sciences<br />

and is <strong>de</strong>signed to make an introduction in this field. Being conceived to cover<br />

the most general and important subjects of the domain, it consists of eight<br />

themes the content of which reveal the significance of such topics as: Normal<br />

and Abnormal Behavior, Health risks behavior, Social roles of doctors and<br />

patients, Physician – patient relationship, Human psychological types,<br />

Communication and its significance in therapeutic context etc. At the end of<br />

every theme the final questions and tasks are proposed so that to facilitate the<br />

learning and at the same time to impulse for a critical thought. References to<br />

the theme give the opportunity to study <strong>de</strong>eply the subject of interest.<br />

The book is inten<strong>de</strong>d to familiarize the stu<strong>de</strong>nts with basic<br />

achievements of behavioral sciences and to make them able to apply acquired<br />

knowledge in their medical activity as well as in their daily life. At the end of<br />

studying stu<strong>de</strong>nts are expected to know the human psychological types and<br />

human behavior types, to un<strong>de</strong>rstand their professional role (as doctors) as<br />

well as the social role of their patients, to have the competences in constricting<br />

an a<strong>de</strong>quate communication and relationship in therapeutic context etc.<br />

Knowledge acquainted with as a result of this textbook’s reading will aid the<br />

stu<strong>de</strong>nts to be more self-confi<strong>de</strong>nt and accordingly more efficient in their<br />

future professional activity.<br />

5


1.1. Behavior as a Concept<br />

Introduction in Behavioral Sciences<br />

6<br />

Chapter 1<br />

Human behavior flows from three main sources:<br />

<strong>de</strong>sire, emotion, and knowledge<br />

Plato<br />

The concept of behavior became an important construct in early<br />

20th century psychology. It was consi<strong>de</strong>red to be the phenomenon<br />

passable for scientific analyses, and consequently the phenomenon<br />

studying of which can lead us to the better un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of human and<br />

<strong>de</strong>velopment. How can be <strong>de</strong>fined this concept?<br />

Behavior or behaviour is term refers to the actions of a system or<br />

organism, usually in relation to its environment, which inclu<strong>de</strong>s the other<br />

systems or organisms around as well as the physical environment. It is the<br />

response of the system or organism to various stimuli or inputs, whether<br />

internal or external, conscious or subconscious, overt or covert, and<br />

voluntary or involuntary. More generally, behavior can be regar<strong>de</strong>d as any<br />

action of an organism that changes its relationship to its environment.<br />

Behavior provi<strong>de</strong>s outputs from the organism to the environment. It is<br />

most commonly believed that complexity in the behavior of an organism is<br />

correlated to the complexity of its nervous system. Generally, organisms<br />

with more complex nervous systems have a greater capacity to learn new<br />

responses and thus adjust their behavior. In the light of this supposition<br />

human behavior is the most evolved or complex type. In Science and<br />

Human behavior B.F. Skinner mentioned that human behavior is a<br />

difficult subject matter, not because it is inaccessible, but because it is<br />

extremely complex. Since it is a process, rather than a thing, it cannot<br />

easily be held still for observation. It is changing, fluid, and evanescent,<br />

and for this reason it makes great technical <strong>de</strong>mands upon the ingenuity<br />

and energy of the scientist. But there is nothing essentially insoluble about<br />

the problems which arise from this fact. Nowadays behavior and


especially that human is studied by the many aca<strong>de</strong>mic disciplines,<br />

conventionally inclu<strong>de</strong>d in the domain called – domain of behavioral<br />

sciences<br />

Thus the term behavioral sciences (or behavioral sciences)<br />

encompass all the disciplines that explore the activities of and interactions<br />

among organisms in the natural world. It involves the systematic analysis<br />

and investigation of human behavior through controlled and naturalistic<br />

experimental observations and rigorous formulations. Behavioral sciences<br />

inclu<strong>de</strong> two broad categories: neural - <strong>de</strong>cision sciences - and social -<br />

communication sciences.<br />

Decision sciences involves those disciplines primarily <strong>de</strong>aling<br />

with the <strong>de</strong>cision processes and individual functioning used in the survival<br />

of organism in a social environment. These inclu<strong>de</strong> anthropology,<br />

psychology, cognitive science, organization theory, psychobiology, and<br />

social neuroscience.<br />

On the other hand, communication sciences inclu<strong>de</strong> those fields<br />

which study the communication strategies used by organisms and its<br />

dynamics between organisms in an environment. These inclu<strong>de</strong> fields like<br />

anthropology, organizational behavior, organization studies, sociology and<br />

social networks.<br />

The material to be analyzed in a science of behavior comes from<br />

two basic sources: observation and experiment. Observation is an act of<br />

recognizing and noting a fact or occurrence often involving measurement<br />

with instruments. Experiment can be <strong>de</strong>fine as an act or operation for the<br />

purpose of discovering something unknown or of testing a principle,<br />

supposition, etc. It is a test, trial, or tentative procedure etc. Therea many<br />

kinds of observation and experiment. B.F. Skinner classified and <strong>de</strong>scribed<br />

them in this way:<br />

(1) Casual observations. They are especially important in the early<br />

stages of investigation. Generalizations based upon them, even without<br />

explicit analysis, supply useful hunches for further study.<br />

(2) In controlled field observation, the data are sampled more<br />

carefully and conclusions stated more explicitly than in casual observation.<br />

Standard instruments and practices increase the accuracy and uniformity of<br />

field observation.<br />

(3) Clinical observation has supplied extensive material. Standard<br />

practices in interviewing and testing bring out behavior which may be<br />

easily measured, summarized, and compared with the behavior of others.<br />

7


Although it usually emphasizes the disor<strong>de</strong>rs which bring people to<br />

clinics, the clinical sample is often unusually interesting and of special<br />

value when the exceptional condition points up an important feature of<br />

behavior.<br />

(4) Extensive observations of behavior have been ma<strong>de</strong> un<strong>de</strong>r<br />

more rigidly controlled conditions in industrial,military, and other<br />

institutional research. This work often differs from field or clinical<br />

observation in its greater use of the experimental method.<br />

(5) Laboratory studies of human behavior provi<strong>de</strong> especially<br />

useful material. The experimental method inclu<strong>de</strong>s the use of instruments<br />

which improve our contact with behavior and with the variables of which<br />

it is a function. Recording <strong>de</strong>vices enable us to observe behavior over long<br />

periods of time, and accurate recording and measurement make effective<br />

quantitative analysis possible. The most important feature of the laboratory<br />

method is the <strong>de</strong>liberate manipulation of variables: the importance of a<br />

given condition is <strong>de</strong>termined by changing it in a controlled fashion and<br />

observing the result.<br />

Current experimental research on human behavior is sometimes<br />

not so comprehensive as one might wish. Not all behavioral processes are<br />

easy to set up in the laboratory, and precision of measurement is<br />

sometimes obtained only at the price of unreality in conditions. Those who<br />

are primarily concerned with the everyday life of the individual are often<br />

impatient with these artificialities, but insofar as relevant relationships can<br />

be brought un<strong>de</strong>r experimental control, the laboratory offers the best<br />

chance of obtaining the quantitative results nee<strong>de</strong>d in a scientific analysis.<br />

(6) The extensive results of laboratory studies of the behavior of<br />

animals below the human level are also available. The use of this material<br />

often meets with the objection that there is an essential gap between man<br />

and the other animals, and that the results of one cannot be extrapolated to<br />

the other. To insist upon this discontinuity at the beginning of a scientific<br />

investigation is to beg the question. Human behavior is distinguished by its<br />

complexity, its variety, and its greater accomplishments, but the basic<br />

processes are not therefore necessarily different. Science advances from<br />

the simple to the complex; it is constantly concerned with whether the<br />

processes and laws discovered at one stage are a<strong>de</strong>quate for the next. It<br />

would be rash to assert at this point that there is no essential difference<br />

between human behavior and the behavior of lower species; but until an<br />

8


attempt has been ma<strong>de</strong> to <strong>de</strong>al with both in the same terms, it would be<br />

equally rash to assert that there is.<br />

A discussion of human embryology makes consi<strong>de</strong>rable use of<br />

research on the embryos of chicks, pigs, and other animals. Treatises on<br />

digestion, respiration, circulation, endocrine secretion, and other<br />

physiological processes <strong>de</strong>al with rats, hamsters, rabbits, and so on, even<br />

though the interest is primarily in human beings. The study of behavior<br />

has much to gain from the same practice.<br />

1.2. Factors Influencing Human Behavior<br />

Human behavior as the population of behaviors exhibited by<br />

humans is <strong>de</strong>termined by many factors. It is influenced by biology,<br />

through genes, neurotransmitters and other biological mechanisms; by<br />

environment, through social factors; and psychology, through the structure<br />

of the human brain and its many, varied functions. No one mentioned area<br />

can entirely <strong>de</strong>termine human behavior. It is influenced through all of<br />

them. That mean it is influenced through the interaction of biological,<br />

sociological and psychological factors. In what is follow we will focus on<br />

these three factors and on the way these work together.<br />

Biological basis of behavior<br />

The nervous system<br />

Behavior, which can vary from driving a car to making a difficult<br />

mathematical exercise, <strong>de</strong>pends on various processes in the human body.<br />

The relation between these processes is regulated by the nervous system.<br />

Here is an example of what your body has to do in or<strong>de</strong>r to make you stop<br />

for a red traffic light. First you have to perceive the light, which means<br />

that the light has to be caught by the eye. The eye sends signals to the<br />

brain. The brain compares the signals with those received from the other<br />

eye and stores the signals temporarily in your memory. (You know you<br />

have to stop for the red light.) After that you have to push the brake pedal.<br />

To make this happen, your brains have to send a signal to the leg muscles<br />

to push the feet on the brake pedal. All these signals from and to your<br />

brains are transported through nerve cells.<br />

The nervous system is the most complex system of the human<br />

body. The human brain itself consists of at least 10 billion neurons. Every<br />

moment of the day your nervous system is active. It exchanges millions of<br />

signals corresponding with feeling, thoughts and actions. A simple<br />

9


example of how important the nervous system is in your behavior is<br />

meeting a friend.<br />

First, the visual information of your eyes is sent to your brain by<br />

nervous cells. There the information is interpreted and translated into a<br />

signal to take action. Finally the brain sends a command to your voice or<br />

to another action system like muscles or glands. For example, you may<br />

start walking towards him. Your nervous system enables this rapid<br />

recognition and action.<br />

There are three general functions of the nervous system in man<br />

and animals:<br />

1. Sensing specific information about external and internal<br />

conditions (in the example above, this is seeing your friend).<br />

2. Integrating that information (this is the un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of the<br />

information coming from the eyes).<br />

3. Issuing commands for a response from the muscles or glands<br />

(this is the reaction of walking towards him).<br />

The nervous system provi<strong>de</strong>s us the ability to perceive, un<strong>de</strong>rstand<br />

and react to environmental events. That is why the nervous system is so<br />

extremely important for human behavior.<br />

Genetic influences, the role of genes on behavior<br />

How much of the behavior is accounted for by genetic factors or<br />

heritability? This question is adresed by behavioral genetics - a field of<br />

research in psychology which began in England with Sir Francis Galton<br />

and his study of the inheritance of genius in families. He discovered that<br />

genius 'runs in families' and conclu<strong>de</strong>d that it is to a significant <strong>de</strong>gree a<br />

heritable behavioral trait. Since Galton a lot of people tried to prove that<br />

genetics play an important role in many aspects of behavior. Those people<br />

proved that complex behaviors related to personality, psychopathology and<br />

cognition are all influenced to some <strong>de</strong>gree by genetics. They have also<br />

found that genetics alone is never enough to explain behavior, because<br />

behavior is also influenced by the enviroment.<br />

Today, most psychologists believe that behavior reflects both<br />

genetic and environmental aspects. They try to explain variability in a trait<br />

like intelligence or height or musicality in terms of the genetic and<br />

enviromental differences among people within that population.<br />

Effect of the production of hormones on behavior<br />

The word hormone is <strong>de</strong>rived from the Greek word hormao and<br />

means to excite or stir into action. Hormones are chemicals secreted into<br />

10


the bloodstream by specialized organs and carried to other parts of the<br />

body to perform their task. Organs that secrete and manufacture hormones<br />

are known as endocrine glands. Exocrine glands such as tear glands<br />

secrete their products outsi<strong>de</strong> the body. Whereas exocrine glands are also<br />

called ductal glands, endocrine glands are ductless. Endocrine glands come<br />

in a variety of sizes and are located through the whole body.<br />

Hormones are found throughout the animal kingdom and even in<br />

plants, but only the vertebrates have specialized organs to produce and to<br />

store hormones. In many cases the structure of a hormone is the same over<br />

a wi<strong>de</strong> variety of animals, although its function can be different.<br />

Some human hormones are not secreted by endocrine glands but come<br />

from sources as neurons in the hypothalamus, or cells in the digestive<br />

tract. Recently the heart has been found to produce a hormone that helps<br />

regulate the blood pressure.<br />

Until the beginning of the 20th century the communication within<br />

the body was exclusively attributed to the nervous system. However,<br />

investigators discovered that the endocrine system is also important for<br />

this function. Yet, the role of endocrine glands was anticipated in several<br />

ancient civilizations in which they were eaten to modify health or<br />

behavior. In the fourth century B.C. Aristotle <strong>de</strong>scribed the effects of<br />

behavior in birds when removing the testes (castration). Although he did<br />

not what mechanism was involved, it was clear to him that the testes were<br />

important for the male characteristics. Nowadays we know that the testes<br />

produce a certain hormone (testosterone) that causes a lower voice and<br />

stronger muscles in male human beings.<br />

Psychological factors<br />

There are three psychological basic sub-systems which act on<br />

human behavior: motivation, cognition and emotion.<br />

Motivation<br />

Motivation is the driving force of human behavior. It is a force by<br />

which humans achieve their goals. One of the most wi<strong>de</strong>ly discussed<br />

theories of motivation is Abraham Maslow's theory. Accordingly to him<br />

driving forces for human action are human heeds, structured by him<br />

hierarchically from basic to most complexes as follows: Physiology<br />

(hunger, thirst, sleep, etc.), Safety / Security / Shelter / Health,<br />

Belongingness / Love/ Friendship, Self-esteem / Recognition /<br />

Achievement, Self-actualization. Having a need (<strong>de</strong>sire) human start to act<br />

11


in or<strong>de</strong>r to satisfy it. The further the progress up the hierarchy, the more<br />

individuality, humanness and psychological health a person will show.<br />

Generally speaking motivation is classified in two types: intrinsic<br />

or extrinsic. Intrinsic motivation is called also internal. They say that the<br />

person is intrinsically motivated if his action (behavior) is driven by an<br />

interest or enjoyment in the task itself, rather than relying on any external<br />

pressure. For instance stu<strong>de</strong>nts are likely to be intrinsically motivated if<br />

they attribute their educational results to internal factors that they can<br />

control (e.g. the amount of effort they put in); believe they can be effective<br />

agents in reaching <strong>de</strong>sired goals (i.e. the results are not <strong>de</strong>termined by<br />

luck).Extrinsic motivation is called also external. It comes from outsi<strong>de</strong> of<br />

the individual. Common extrinsic motivations are rewards like money and<br />

gra<strong>de</strong>s, coercion and threat of punishment. Competition is in general<br />

extrinsic because it encourages the performer to win and beat others, not to<br />

enjoy the intrinsic rewards of the activity.<br />

Motivation is many times associated with volition. Nevertheless<br />

there is difference among them. Motivation usually is seen as a process<br />

that leads to the forming of behavioral intentions. Volition is seen as a<br />

process that leads from intention to actual behavior. In other words,<br />

motivation and volition refer to goal setting and goal pursuit, respectively.<br />

Both processes require self-regulatory efforts.<br />

Cognition<br />

Cognition is a complex mental phenomenon that refers to<br />

knowledge, to the way people acquired and use their knowledge.<br />

Cognition inclu<strong>de</strong>s processes like perception, attention, remembering,<br />

producing and un<strong>de</strong>rstanding language, solving problems, and making<br />

<strong>de</strong>cisions.<br />

Perception<br />

Perception is the process of attaining un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of the<br />

environment by organizing and interpreting information got from the<br />

traditionally recognized five senses of sight (ophthalmoception), hearing<br />

(audioception), taste (gustaoception), smell (olfacoception or<br />

olfacception), and touch (tactioception), and other nontraditional senses<br />

like temperature (thermoception), kinesthetic sense (proprioception), pain<br />

(nociception), balance (equilibrioception) and acceleration<br />

(kinesthesioception). Perception <strong>de</strong>pends on complex functions of the<br />

nervous system, but subjectively seems mostly effortless because this<br />

processing happens outsi<strong>de</strong> conscious awareness.<br />

12


Memory and attention<br />

Memory is an organism's ability to store, retain, and recall<br />

information and experiences. The environment stimulates one or more<br />

sensory systems. This environmental information then passes three levels<br />

of memory called sensory memory, short-term memory and long-term<br />

memory. At each level, cognitive processes operate on the information,<br />

giving it meaning, refreshing it and integrating it. In the sensory memory,<br />

the information is enco<strong>de</strong>d to go to the short term memory. There the<br />

information is enco<strong>de</strong>d to go to the long term memory. The ability to look<br />

at an item, and remember what it looked like with just a second of<br />

observation, or memorization, is an example of sensory memory. Shortterm<br />

memory allows recall for a period of several seconds to a minute<br />

without rehearsal. Long-term memory can store much larger quantities of<br />

information for potentially unlimited duration (sometimes a whole life<br />

span). For example, given a random seven-digit number we may<br />

remember it for only a few seconds before forgetting, suggesting it was<br />

stored in our short-term memory. On the other hand, we can remember<br />

telephone numbers for many years through repetition; this information is<br />

said to be stored in long-term memory. While short-term memory enco<strong>de</strong>s<br />

information acoustically, long-term memory enco<strong>de</strong>s it semantically.<br />

The amount of information that can be processed is limited. The<br />

main bottle-neck is attention. If you are distracted by a TV program, while<br />

you are trying to study, your attention will be divi<strong>de</strong>d over both the book<br />

and the TV. When you would study without having the TV on, you would<br />

have more attention to 'spend' on your study. Cognitive processes<br />

<strong>de</strong>termine which of the available information will be used and which will<br />

be ignored.<br />

Imagination and thought<br />

Imagination is the ability of forming mental images, sensations<br />

and concepts, in a moment when they are not perceived through sight,<br />

hearing or other senses. Imagination is a fundamental facility through<br />

which people make sense of the world, create the meanings. Make the<br />

distinction between two forms of imagination: "reproductive» or<br />

"constructive" imagination. Imagination can be confused with the process<br />

of thinking, but this are two different processes, even thou inter<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt.<br />

"Thought" generally refers to any mental or intellectual activity which<br />

relates with processing of information, with the producing and<br />

13


arrangements of i<strong>de</strong>as accordingly with one’s needs, attachments,<br />

objectives, plans, commitments, ends and <strong>de</strong>sires.<br />

Using language<br />

Human language can be <strong>de</strong>fined in various ways. One <strong>de</strong>finition<br />

sees language primarily as the mental faculty that allows humans to<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rtake linguistic behaviour: to learn languages and produce and<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstand utterances. Another <strong>de</strong>finition sees language as a formal<br />

system of signs governed by grammatical rules of combination to<br />

communicate meaning. This <strong>de</strong>finition stresses the fact that human<br />

languages can be <strong>de</strong>scribed as closed structural systems consisting of rules<br />

that relate particular signs to particular meanings. Yet another <strong>de</strong>finition<br />

sees language as a system of communication that enables humans to<br />

cooperate. This <strong>de</strong>finition stresses the social functions of language and the<br />

fact that humans use it to express themselves and to manipulate objects in<br />

their environment. The different <strong>de</strong>finitions stress different aspects of<br />

lanquage, simultaniously showing the great significans of language for<br />

thinking, learning and social existance of humans. By the mean of<br />

leanguage we produse and expres our i<strong>de</strong>as, we learn from the experience<br />

of others, we comunicate with others for the better social existnce.<br />

Intelligence<br />

David Wechsler <strong>de</strong>fines intelligence as “the aggregate or global<br />

capacity of the individual to act purposefully, to think rationally, and to<br />

<strong>de</strong>al effectively with his environment”. Howard Gardner say that a human<br />

intellectual competence must entail a set of skills of problem solving —<br />

enabling the individual to resolve genuine problems or difficulties that he<br />

or she encounters and, when appropriate, to create an effective product —<br />

and must also entail the potential for finding or creating problems — and<br />

thereby laying the groundwork for the acquisition of new knowledge.<br />

Sternberg & Salter consi<strong>de</strong>r intelligence as a goal-directed adaptive<br />

behavior. Thus, numerous <strong>de</strong>finitions of intelligence have been proposed<br />

till now, but many of them contain such term as “ability of problem<br />

solving”.<br />

To indicate the intelligence of humans several tests have been<br />

<strong>de</strong>veloped. We will explain some of them. The first intelligence test was<br />

<strong>de</strong>veloped by Sir Francis Galton, a cousin of the famous Charles Darwin.<br />

Galton was interested in the differences in intelligence between human<br />

beings, and he believed that certain families were more intelligent than<br />

14


others. Galton administered a battery of tests measuring qualities such as<br />

reaction time, breathing capacity and head size.<br />

The intelligence test as we know it was formulated by the French<br />

psychologist Binet. He assumed that intelligence should be measured by<br />

tasks requiring reasoning and problem solving abilities. Binet thought that<br />

a slow learning child was like a normal child but retar<strong>de</strong>d in metal growth.<br />

So he conclu<strong>de</strong>d that a slow learning child would perform the same as a<br />

younger child in intelligence tests. He <strong>de</strong>vised a scale of mental age.<br />

Average mental age (MA) scores correspond to chronological mental age<br />

(CA). A bright child's MA is above his CA, and a slow learning child's<br />

MA is below his CA. An advantage of the mental aged scale is that it can<br />

easily be interpreted.<br />

The American psychologist Lewis Terman used Binet's method to<br />

<strong>de</strong>velop a scale for intelligence. This in<strong>de</strong>x is called Intelligence Quotient<br />

(IQ), and this scale expresses intelligence as a ratio of mental age (MA) to<br />

chronological age (CA):<br />

IQ = MA/CA × 100<br />

The 100 is used to make the result better to compare. Numbers like<br />

101, 125 and 89 are easier to handle than 1.01, 1.25 and .89. It is easy to<br />

conclu<strong>de</strong> that when a child is smarter than the average (his MA is higher<br />

than his CA), his IQ will be above 100, and otherwise.<br />

Failure on one kind of item is scored the same way as a failure on another<br />

item. So this test does not show any particular strengths or weaknesses.<br />

To distinguish between various aspects of intelligence, the<br />

Wechsler Intelligence scale is <strong>de</strong>veloped. This test is almost i<strong>de</strong>ntical to<br />

Binet's test, but it is divi<strong>de</strong>d in two parts, a verbal scale and a performance<br />

scale. Another failure of the tests is that performance increases with<br />

practice. There are books containing intelligence tests, and when you<br />

practice them a couple of time, you know how to handle every problem so<br />

you will score pretty high on an IQ-test.<br />

Emotions<br />

The word emotion inclu<strong>de</strong>s a wi<strong>de</strong> range of observable behaviors,<br />

expressed feelings, and changes in the body state. This diversity in<br />

inten<strong>de</strong>d meanings of the word emotion makes it hard to study. For many<br />

of us emotions are very personal states, difficult to <strong>de</strong>fine or to i<strong>de</strong>ntify<br />

except in the most obvious instances. Moreover, many aspects of emotion<br />

seem unconscious to us. Even simple emotional states appear to be much<br />

more complicated than states as hunger and thirst.<br />

15


To clarify the concept of emotions, three <strong>de</strong>finitions of various<br />

aspects of emotions can be distinguished:<br />

1. Emotion is a feeling that is private and subjective. Humans can<br />

report an extraordinary range of states, which they can feel or experience.<br />

Some reports are accompanied by obvious signs of enjoyment or distress,<br />

but often these reports have no overt indicators. In many cases, the<br />

emotions we note in ourselves seem to be blends of different states.<br />

2. Emotion is a state of psychological arousal an expression or<br />

display of distinctive somatic and autonomic responses. This emphasis<br />

suggests that emotional states can be <strong>de</strong>fined by particular constellations<br />

of bodily responses. Specifically, these responses involve autonomously<br />

innervated visceral organs, like the heart or stomach.<br />

3. Emotions are actions commonly "<strong>de</strong>emed", such as <strong>de</strong>fending<br />

or attacking in response to a threat. This aspect of emotion is especially<br />

relevant to Darwin's point of view of the functional roles of emotion. He<br />

said that emotions had an important survival role because they generated<br />

actions to dangerous situations.<br />

Some psychologists have tried to subdivi<strong>de</strong> emotions in categories.<br />

For example Wilhelm Wundt, the great nineteenth century psychologist,<br />

offered the view that emotions consist of three basic dimensions, each one<br />

of a pair of opposite states: pleasantness/unpleasantness, tension/release<br />

and excitement/relaxation. However, this list has become more complex<br />

over time. Plutchik suggests that there are eight basic emotions grouped in<br />

four pairs of opposites:<br />

1. joy/sadness<br />

2. acceptance/disgust<br />

3. anger/fear<br />

4. surprise/anticipation<br />

In Plutchik's view, all emotions are a combination of these basic<br />

emotions, primary emotions could blend to form the full spectrum of<br />

human emotional experience.<br />

Emotions differ not only accordingly to criteria of primary/secondary.<br />

They can be distinguished after their occurrence in time. Some emotions occur<br />

over a period of seconds (for example, surprise), whereas others can last years<br />

(for example, love). The latter could be regar<strong>de</strong>d also as a long term ten<strong>de</strong>ncy<br />

not as a proper emotion. A distinction is then ma<strong>de</strong> between emotion episo<strong>de</strong>s<br />

and emotional dispositions. Dispositions are also comparable to character<br />

traits, where someone may be said to be generally disposed to experience<br />

16


certain emotions, though about different objects. For example an irritable<br />

person is generally disposed to feel irritation more easily or quickly than<br />

others do.<br />

Social influences<br />

Humans are social creatures. There is a fundamental human need<br />

to belong to social groups, because survival and prosperity is more likely if<br />

we live and work together. However, to live together, we need to agree on<br />

common beliefs, values, attitu<strong>de</strong>s and behaviors that reduce in-group<br />

threats act for the common good. These biliefs, valuies and principles are<br />

expresed in social tradition, laws, ethical co<strong>de</strong>s and <strong>de</strong>livered among<br />

humans by the mean of diferent social sistem: educational system, juridical<br />

sistem, massmedia system etc. Society influence the behavior of its<br />

members in many ways. It pass laws through its governmental institutions,<br />

creating severe punishments for particular antisocial behaviors. It <strong>de</strong>velop<br />

a strong <strong>de</strong>sire for ethics and morals, through its religious institutions as<br />

well as secular education (begining with it elimentary or family level end<br />

ending with highest institutional level ) and tradition (seen as an ansambe<br />

of rituals that pressure people to behave in a predictable fashion and that<br />

why seen as source of social stability).<br />

As we grow and <strong>de</strong>velop in society, we internalize the values of<br />

the society around us by making these our own. The process through<br />

which society influences individuals to internalize values (attitu<strong>de</strong>s and<br />

expectations) is called socialization. Individuals do not automatically<br />

absorb, but gradually accept cultural attitu<strong>de</strong>s and roles. The individual is<br />

often unaware of his acceptance of these socially <strong>de</strong>rived roles, roles are<br />

often accepted unconsciously. This is usually accomplished through the<br />

imitation of role mo<strong>de</strong>ls. We learn to conform to rules of other people.<br />

And the more we see others behaving in a certain way or making particular<br />

<strong>de</strong>cisions, the more we feel obliged to follow suit.<br />

When a person in a society or group does not conform to the rules<br />

of society or group, then they may be consi<strong>de</strong>red a <strong>de</strong>viant and both<br />

private and public advice may be given to them on how to fit in. If they<br />

still do not obey norms, they will be marginalized (punished) by society or<br />

will be ejected and membership of the group revoked.<br />

A form of <strong>de</strong>viant behavior is criminal behavior. Generally social<br />

influence is <strong>de</strong>fined as change in an individual’s thoughts, feelings,<br />

attitu<strong>de</strong>s, or behaviors that results from interaction with another individual<br />

or a group. Particularly when we discuss about concrete type of behavior<br />

17


we have to mention the concert factor which <strong>de</strong>termined it. Thus when in<br />

concern is criminal behavior for instance in children and young people<br />

same risk factors are to be mentioned:<br />

Family<br />

• Poor parental supervision and discipline;<br />

• Family conflict;<br />

• Family history of problem behaviour;<br />

• Parental involvement / attitu<strong>de</strong>s condoning problem behaviour;<br />

• Low income and poor housing.<br />

School<br />

• Low achievement, beginning at primary school;<br />

• Aggressive behaviour, including bullying;<br />

• Lack of commitment, including truancy;<br />

• School disorganisation.<br />

Community<br />

• Community disorganisation and neglect;<br />

• Availability of drugs;<br />

• Disadvantaged neighbourhood;<br />

• High turnover and lack of neighbourhood attachment.<br />

Individuals, friends and peers<br />

• Alienation and lack of social commitment;<br />

• Attitu<strong>de</strong>s that condone problem behaviour;<br />

• Early involvement in problem behaviour;<br />

• Friends involved in problem behaviour.<br />

Protective factors are linked to positive outcomes even when<br />

children are growing up in adverse circumstances and heavily exposed to<br />

risk. These are:<br />

• Strong bonds with family, friends and teachers;<br />

• Healthy standards set by parents, teachers and community lea<strong>de</strong>rs;<br />

• Opportunities for involvement in families, schools and the<br />

community;<br />

• Social and learning skills to enable participation;<br />

• Recognition and praise for positive behaviour.<br />

1.3. Abnormal Behavior<br />

The behavior of people (and other organisms or even mechanisms)<br />

falls within a range with some behavior being common, some unusual,<br />

18


some acceptable, and some outsi<strong>de</strong> acceptable limits. Even there is a large<br />

diversity of human behavior people tend to divi<strong>de</strong> it in two broad<br />

categories: normal and abnormal one. When starting a discussion of<br />

abnormal behavior, people sometimes ask, "How can anybody tell what is<br />

abnormal, anyway?" The <strong>de</strong>finition of the word abnormal is simple<br />

enough: <strong>de</strong>viating from the norm. However, applying this to psychology<br />

poses a complex problem: What is normal? Whose norm? For what age?<br />

For what culture? Some would simply classify what is "good" as normal<br />

and what is "bad" as abnormal, but this is a vague and narrow <strong>de</strong>finition<br />

and brings up many of the same questions for the <strong>de</strong>finition of "good" as<br />

does the <strong>de</strong>finition for "normal". There are many more ways of<br />

<strong>de</strong>termining a more objective reference point. The following criteria are<br />

used to <strong>de</strong>termine whether a person behavior is abnormal or not:<br />

1. Statistical abnormality (<strong>de</strong>viation from statistical norms). A<br />

behavior may be judged abnormal if it is statistically unusual in a<br />

particular population. The word abnormal means 'away from the norm'.<br />

Many population facts are measured such as height, weight and<br />

intelligence. Most of the people fall within the middle range of<br />

intelligence, but a few are abnormally stupid. But according to this<br />

<strong>de</strong>finition, a person who is extremely intelligent would be classified as<br />

abnormal too.<br />

2. Violation of socially-accepted standards (<strong>de</strong>viation from social<br />

norms). An abnormal behavior might be <strong>de</strong>fined as one that goes against<br />

common or majority or presumed standards of behavior. By this <strong>de</strong>finition,<br />

a person is abnormal if violating the expectations and values of a<br />

community. For example, one might be judged abnormal in one's failure to<br />

behave as recommen<strong>de</strong>d by one's family, church, employer, community,<br />

culture, or subculture. The main problem with the "violation of standards"<br />

<strong>de</strong>finition of abnormality is that it is based upon cultural standards that<br />

change from place to place and time to time. What is abnormal in one<br />

culture may be regar<strong>de</strong>d as acceptable in a different culture. What is<br />

regar<strong>de</strong>d as abnormal at one time may be regar<strong>de</strong>d as normal several<br />

<strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong>s later. For example, watching TV may be consi<strong>de</strong>red abnormal in<br />

the Amish culture, where mo<strong>de</strong>rn conveniences are avoi<strong>de</strong>d. Violation of<br />

standards does not necessarily correlate with statistical rarity. Physical<br />

abuse of a spouse is consi<strong>de</strong>red abnormal in the United States, although it<br />

occurs in up to a fifth of marriages.<br />

19


3. Maladaptiveness of behavior. This criteria approach<br />

abnormality by starting with a theory of personality <strong>de</strong>velopment. If<br />

normal <strong>de</strong>velopment can be <strong>de</strong>fined, then abnormality is <strong>de</strong>fined by the<br />

failure to <strong>de</strong>velop in this way. For example, if adults normally arrive at a<br />

moral stage that prohibits killing other people, and someone does not<br />

arrive at this stage, that person might be called abnormal. This third<br />

criterium is how the behavior affects the well-being of the individual<br />

and/or social group.<br />

4. Subjective abnormality. The fourth criterium consi<strong>de</strong>rs<br />

abnormality in terms of the individual's subjective feelings, personal<br />

distress, rather than his behavior. Judging abnormality by subjective<br />

discomfort raises a different set of problems. In the type of abnormality<br />

called neurosis, personal distress may be the only symptom, because the<br />

individual's behavior seems normal. Psychotic people, the most seriously<br />

disor<strong>de</strong>red of all mental patients, often feel perfectly normal and suffer<br />

little distress, <strong>de</strong>spite having markedly "crazy" and unrealistic thought<br />

processes that could lead to behavior harmful to themselves or others.<br />

5. Legal approuch. The legal <strong>de</strong>finition of abnormality <strong>de</strong>clares a<br />

person insane when he is not able to judge between right and wrong.<br />

6. Biological injury. Abnormal behavior can be <strong>de</strong>fined or<br />

equated with abnormal biological processes such as disease or injury.<br />

Examples of such abnormalities are brain tumors, strokes, heart disease,<br />

diabetes, epilepsy, and genetic disor<strong>de</strong>rs.<br />

Many of the classic psychiatric syndromes we will discuss in this<br />

chapter are now recognized as brain diseases involving abnormal levels of<br />

neurotransmitters, the chemicals that neurons use to communicate. On the<br />

other hand, people tend to refer to any behavior they do not like as a<br />

disease or a disor<strong>de</strong>r. The i<strong>de</strong>a that alcoholism is a disease, for example, is<br />

quite controversial, although it is a wi<strong>de</strong>ly accepted i<strong>de</strong>a.<br />

Biological approaches to <strong>de</strong>fining abnormal behavior of many<br />

types seem to be gaining ground, because there are so many advancing<br />

technologies for <strong>de</strong>fining biological problems. Brain scans, analysis of<br />

neurotransmitters, and genetic analysis all provi<strong>de</strong> objective ways of<br />

i<strong>de</strong>ntifying biological disturbances. The vast majority of abnormal<br />

behaviors discussed in this chapter (with a few exceptions such as the<br />

personality, somatoform, and factitious disor<strong>de</strong>rs) are now thought to have<br />

a biological basis. Many respond to medication, used alone or with<br />

psychotherapy.<br />

20


Even when there are biological factors that contribute to a<br />

problem, the environment usually plays a role as well. Biological<br />

approaches to <strong>de</strong>fining abnormality may encourage people to overlook<br />

environmental factors that are easier to change than genetics or brain<br />

disor<strong>de</strong>rs. A study of adopted children showed that two distinct risk factors<br />

encouraged alcoholism: (1) familial alcoholism (one or both genetic<br />

parents were alcoholic) and (2) drinking in the family environment (the<br />

adoptive parents had drinking problems). Either heredity or environment<br />

could increase risk of alcoholism, and obviously only the environment can<br />

be manipulated or changed after a person is born, if one wants to prevent<br />

alcoholism from <strong>de</strong>veloping.<br />

Specific behavioral disor<strong>de</strong>rs<br />

1. Divi<strong>de</strong>d Brain<br />

This disease is also called split-brain, and the problem the patient<br />

has is that the both brain parts cannot communicate with each other.<br />

The brain has two hemispheres, the right and the left hemisphere.<br />

Those two hemispheres do look like mirror images of each other, but a<br />

closer examination reveals certain asymmetries. When the two<br />

hemispheres are measured during an autopsy, the left one is almost always<br />

larger than the right one. This anatomical difference are related to<br />

differences in functions between the two hemispheres: the left hemisphere<br />

is specialized for the use of language, while the right one is specialized for<br />

mental imagery and the un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of spatial relationships.<br />

Speech and the production of sounds are usually located in the left<br />

hemisphere. But some left-han<strong>de</strong>d people have speech centers located in<br />

the right hemisphere or divi<strong>de</strong>d between the two. Seeing is also<br />

complicated, the two eyes of you give their information to the opposite<br />

hemisphere; your right eye gives his information to the left hemisphere,<br />

and your left eye to the right hemisphere. The brain transforms this<br />

information so we see 'normal'. As a result of this the left hemisphere sees<br />

the right hand in the right visual field, this is correct because your right<br />

hemisphere controls you left body-half and otherwise. When someone is<br />

suffering a split-brain his both hemispheres cannot communicate. In a test,<br />

a person with a split brain is seated in front of a screen. Because of his<br />

split brain he cannot use his right hand to take something he sees with his<br />

left eye. When a word appears on the left si<strong>de</strong> of the screen, the eye passes<br />

21


the information through to the right hemisphere so he won't un<strong>de</strong>rstand the<br />

word because language <strong>de</strong>pends on the left hemisphere.<br />

Because people with split brain can not combine the information<br />

of both hemispheres, their behavior is pretty strange. Because he is not<br />

aware of everything that happens he can look stupid and his behavior can<br />

be illogical and vague.<br />

2. Schizophrenia<br />

Schizophrenia is the label given to a group of psychotic disor<strong>de</strong>rs<br />

characterized by distortion of reality, withdrawal from social interaction<br />

and disorganization of thought. The word schizophrenia is <strong>de</strong>rived from<br />

the Greek words for to split (schidzein) and mind (phren). This splitting is<br />

related to fragmenting of the thought processes.<br />

Schizophrenia occurs in all cultures, also those that are remote<br />

from western civilization and its stress. Because the disor<strong>de</strong>r often<br />

reoccurs and because the patient's suffer long from it, half of all<br />

psychiatric hospital beds are occupied by patients suffering schizophrenia.<br />

Schizophrenia usually appears in young adulthood. Sometimes the<br />

disor<strong>de</strong>r <strong>de</strong>velops slowly, but sometimes it has a sud<strong>de</strong>n onset. These are<br />

often a result of stress with people living an isolated life. Whether the<br />

disor<strong>de</strong>r <strong>de</strong>velops slowly or sud<strong>de</strong>nly, the signs are many and varied. The<br />

primary characteristics can be summarized as the following, although not<br />

every schizophrenic person will show all of them:<br />

1. Disturbance of thought and attention; people suffering<br />

schizophrenia often cannot think logically and as the result of this they<br />

cannot write a story, because every word they write down might make<br />

sense, but are meaningless in relation to each other, and they cannot keep<br />

their attention to the writing.<br />

2. Disturbances of perception; during acute schizophrenic<br />

episo<strong>de</strong>s, people say that the world appears different to them, their bodies<br />

appear longer, colors seem more intense and they cannot recognize<br />

themselves in a mirror.<br />

3. Disturbances of affect; schizophrenic persons fail to show<br />

'normal' emotions. For example, a patient may smile while talking over<br />

tragic events<br />

4. Withdrawal from reality; during schizophrenic episo<strong>de</strong>s, the<br />

individual becomes absorbed in his inner thoughts and fantasies. The self-<br />

22


absorption may be so intense that the individual may not know the month<br />

or day or the place where he is staying.<br />

5. Delusions and hallucinations; in most cases the former<br />

characteristics are accompanied by <strong>de</strong>lusions. The most common are<br />

beliefs that other persons are trying to control his thoughts, he may<br />

become suspicious of friends (paranoid), this is the reason why Robert<br />

Kennedy was assassinated.<br />

The results of schizophrenia are many and varied, but these are the<br />

main characteristics. Not everybody has the same opinion about the causes<br />

of schizophrenia, but some factors have certainly influence on<br />

schizophrenics. Disturbed home life and early trauma are frequently found<br />

in the background of schizophrenics. The early <strong>de</strong>ath of one or more<br />

parents, emotionally disturbed parents and strife between parents are found<br />

with greater frequency in the background of schizophrenics.<br />

3. Alzheimer's Disease<br />

Alzheimer's Disease is a progressive <strong>de</strong>generative disease of the<br />

brain now consi<strong>de</strong>red a leading cause of <strong>de</strong>mentia. Alzheimer's disease<br />

was first <strong>de</strong>scribed by the German neuropathologist Alois Alzheimer in<br />

1906, it affects an estimated 2.5 to 3 million people in the United States. In<br />

the United Kingdom, the number of individuals with this condition is<br />

estimated to rise to over 1 million by the year 2010. Percentage rates<br />

(cases per 100 individuals of 65 years and over) worldwi<strong>de</strong> vary<br />

consi<strong>de</strong>rably between 0.6 in China to 10.3 in Massachusetts, United States.<br />

The inci<strong>de</strong>nce of the disease increases with advancing age, but there is no<br />

evi<strong>de</strong>nce that it is caused by the aging process.<br />

The average life expectancy of people with the disease is between<br />

five and ten years, although many patients now survive 15 years or more<br />

due to improvements in care and medical treatment. The cause of this<br />

disease has not been discovered, although palliative therapy is available.<br />

The ability of doctors to diagnose Alzheimer's disease has improved in<br />

recent years, but this remains a process of elimination and final diagnosis<br />

can be confirmed only by post-mortem. Alzheimer's patients show nerve<br />

cell loss in the parts of the brain associated with cognitive functioning. The<br />

hallmark lesions of Alzheimer's disease inclu<strong>de</strong> the formation of abnormal<br />

proteins. Alzheimer's disease is also characterized by profound <strong>de</strong>ficits in<br />

the brain's neurotransmitters which has been linked with memory function.<br />

23


4. Autism<br />

Autism (from the Greek word autos, which means self) is a severe<br />

infant disor<strong>de</strong>r of behavior that <strong>de</strong>velops before the age of three. The term<br />

is used to <strong>de</strong>scribe many types of mental disor<strong>de</strong>rs, but, as originally<br />

named in 1943 by the American child psychologist Leo Kanner, early<br />

infantile autism <strong>de</strong>scribes a rare cluster of symptoms. Its inci<strong>de</strong>nce is<br />

approximately 1 in 2,500. An autistic child is unable to use language<br />

meaningfully or to process information from the environment. About half<br />

of all autistic children are mute, and those who speak often only repeat<br />

what they have heard. The term autism refers to their vacant, withdrawn<br />

appearance, but its connotation of voluntary <strong>de</strong>tachment is inappropriate.<br />

Other characteristics of autism inclu<strong>de</strong> an uneven pattern of <strong>de</strong>velopment,<br />

a fascination with mechanical objects, a ritualistic response to<br />

environmental stimuli, and a resistance to any change in the environment.<br />

Some autistic children have precocious ability, such as mathematical<br />

skills. The cause, prognosis, and treatment of autism are still un<strong>de</strong>r study.<br />

Research suggests a genetic <strong>de</strong>fect as the cause of the disor<strong>de</strong>r, which may<br />

be some form of autoimmune disease or <strong>de</strong>generative disease of nerve<br />

cells in the brain. The best treatment is special education, stressing<br />

learning in small groups, and strict behavioral control of the child.<br />

Treatment with drugs such as fenfluramine and haloperidol is also being<br />

tested. In general, prognosis is poor for those autistic children who remain<br />

mute past the age of five. Children who speak fare better, and some of<br />

them recover.<br />

5. Phobias<br />

Phobias are excessive fears in specific situations when there is no<br />

real danger or fears that are totally out of proportions. Most of the time the<br />

person with a phobia realizes that his fear is irrational and illogical but he<br />

still feels anxiety. Avoiding the feared situation can only relieve this<br />

anxiety. Most of us are afraid for something; snakes, heights, doctors,<br />

injury or <strong>de</strong>ath are the most reported fears. But a fear is different from a<br />

phobia. A fear is usually not diagnosed as a phobia unless it causes big<br />

problems in the person's daily life. An example of this is a person with a<br />

phobia for enclosed places, he/she will notice his/her phobia when he/she<br />

want to use elevators.<br />

There are a number of explanations about how phobias <strong>de</strong>velop.<br />

Some phobias may result from frightening experiences. For example, you<br />

24


might <strong>de</strong>velop fear for flying after experiencing a near air disaster. Once<br />

such a phobia <strong>de</strong>velops, the individual may go to great lengths to avoid the<br />

feared situation, and so eliminating a possible fear. Other phobias may be<br />

learned through observation. fearful parents tend to produce children who<br />

share their fears. This phobia might be inherited, but it is more likely that<br />

parents provi<strong>de</strong> a mo<strong>de</strong>l and that the children imitate that mo<strong>de</strong>l. Other<br />

phobias might <strong>de</strong>velop because they are rewar<strong>de</strong>d. When a child is afraid<br />

of going to school because he will be separated from his parents for a<br />

while, he will say he has a stomachache or something like that. Then his<br />

parents reward him with the comfort of staying home with his parents.<br />

Behavioral techniques have proved successful in treating phobias,<br />

especially simple and social phobias. One technique, systematic<br />

<strong>de</strong>sensitization, involves confronting the phobic person with situations or<br />

objects that are feared. Exposure therapy, another behavioral method, has<br />

recently been shown to be more effective. In this technique, phobias are<br />

repeatedly exposed to the feared situation or object so that they can see<br />

that no harm befalls them; the fear gradually fa<strong>de</strong>s. Antianxiety drugs have<br />

also been used as palliatives. Drugs to treat <strong>de</strong>pression have also proved<br />

successful in treating some phobias.<br />

► Exercises and Discussions:<br />

1. What is the subject-matter of behavioral sciences?<br />

2. What are the methods (sources) of knowledge in behavioral<br />

sciences?<br />

3. Describe the factors that influence human behavior (biological,<br />

psychological and social).<br />

4. What is abnormal behavior? Abnormal behavior types.<br />

5. Construct your own <strong>de</strong>finition of term “behaviors” in the light of<br />

acquired knowledge.<br />

► Recommen<strong>de</strong>d Essays<br />

1. The importance of behavioral science for medical activity.<br />

Psycho – somatic mo<strong>de</strong>l of treatment.<br />

2. A. Maslow’s conception of Motivation.<br />

3. Emotion as incentive of human behavior.<br />

4. Age and behavior.<br />

► Literature:<br />

1. Fa<strong>de</strong>m Barbara. Behavioral science. Lippincott Williams &<br />

Wilkins, 2008.<br />

25


2. Milliken Mary Elizabeth, Honeycutt Alyson. Un<strong>de</strong>rstanding<br />

human behavior: a gui<strong>de</strong> for health care provi<strong>de</strong>rs. Cengage Learning,<br />

2004.<br />

3. Stou<strong>de</strong>mire Alan. Human behavior: an introduction for medical<br />

stu<strong>de</strong>nts. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 1998.<br />

4. Skinner B. F. Science and human behavior. The B.F. Skinner<br />

Foundation, 2005.<br />

26


2.1. Human Personality<br />

Behavior and Personality<br />

27<br />

Chapter 2<br />

"Personality is the supreme realization of the innate<br />

idiosyncrasy of a living being. It is an act of courage<br />

flung in the face of life, the absolute affirmation<br />

of all that constitutes the individual, the most<br />

successful adaptation to the universal<br />

conditions of existence, coupled with the greatest<br />

possible freedom of self-<strong>de</strong>termination."<br />

C.G. Jung, 1875-1961<br />

Almost every day we <strong>de</strong>scribe and assess the personalities of the<br />

people around us. Whether we realize it or not, these daily musings on<br />

how and why people behave as they do are similar to what personality<br />

psychologists do. While our informal assessments of personality tend to<br />

focus more on individuals, personality psychologists instead use<br />

conceptions of personality that can apply to everyone. Even there is no<br />

consensus concerning the <strong>de</strong>finition of personality to un<strong>de</strong>rstand what is<br />

meant by the term personality it is the first step into the field of personality<br />

psychology.<br />

The term "personality" originates from the Latin persona, which<br />

means mask. Significantly, in the theatre of the ancient Latin-speaking<br />

world, the mask was not used as a plot <strong>de</strong>vice to disguise the i<strong>de</strong>ntity of a<br />

character, but rather was a convention employed to represent or typify that<br />

character. Now day most people, when they think of personality, are<br />

actually thinking of personality differences - types and traits and the<br />

like. Scientists <strong>de</strong>fine personality as a dynamic and organized set of<br />

characteristics possessed by a person that uniquely influences his or her<br />

cognitions, motivations, and behaviors in various situations. In other<br />

words personality is ma<strong>de</strong> up of the characteristic patterns of thoughts,<br />

feelings and behaviors that make a person unique. In addition to this,<br />

personality arises from within the individual and remains fairly consistent<br />

throughout life.


Some of the fundamental characteristics of personality inclu<strong>de</strong><br />

which can be summarized as follow:<br />

Consistency - There is generally a recognizable or<strong>de</strong>r and<br />

regularity to behaviors. Essentially, people act in the same ways or similar<br />

ways in a variety of situations.<br />

Psychological and physiological - Personality is a psychological<br />

construct, but research suggests that it is also influenced by biological<br />

processes and needs.<br />

Impact behaviors and actions - Personality does not just<br />

influence how we move and respond in our environment; it also causes us<br />

to act in certain ways.<br />

Multiple expressions - Personality is displayed in more than just<br />

behavior. It can also be seen in out thoughts, feelings, close relationships<br />

and other social interactions.<br />

The study of personality has a broad and varied history in<br />

psychology. Personality research has led to the <strong>de</strong>velopment of a number<br />

of theories that help explain how and why certain personality <strong>de</strong>velops.<br />

We have dozens and dozens of theories, each emphasizing different<br />

aspects of personhood, using different methods, sometimes agreeing with<br />

other theories, sometimes disagreeing.<br />

Some of major theoretical perspectives on personality inclu<strong>de</strong>:<br />

Type theories are the early perspectives on personality. These<br />

theories suggested that there are a limited number of "personality types"<br />

which are related to biological influences. Type theories inclu<strong>de</strong><br />

temperamental conception of Galen and constitutional conception of<br />

William Sheldon<br />

Trait theories viewed personality as the result of internal<br />

characteristics that are genetically based. Gordon Allport was an early<br />

pioneer in the study of traits, which he sometimes referred to as<br />

dispositions. Significant contribution to this approach Hans Eysenck had.<br />

Psychodynamic theories of personality are heavily influenced<br />

by the work of Sigmund Freud, and emphasize the influence of the<br />

unconscious on personality. Psychodynamic theories inclu<strong>de</strong> Sigmund<br />

Freud’s psychosexual stage theory and Erik Erikson’s stages of<br />

psychosocial <strong>de</strong>velopment.<br />

Behavioral theories suggest that personality is a result of<br />

interaction between the individual and the environment. Behavioral<br />

theorists study observable and measurable behaviors, rejecting theories<br />

28


that take internal thoughts and feelings into account. Behavioral theorists<br />

inclu<strong>de</strong> B. F. Skinner and John B. Watson.<br />

Humanist theories emphasize the importance of free will and<br />

individual experience in the <strong>de</strong>velopment of personality. Humanist<br />

theorists inclu<strong>de</strong> Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow.<br />

In following paragraphs we will unfold the main features of some<br />

significant type personality theories.<br />

2.2. Behavior and temperament. Temperament typology<br />

The concept of personality type refers to the psychological<br />

classification of different types of individuals. An early form of<br />

personality type theory was the Four Temperaments system. What is<br />

temperament? From at least classical times, temperament has referred to<br />

an individual's stable pattern of behaviour or reaction, one that persists<br />

across time, activity, and space.<br />

Temperament theory has its roots in the ancient four humors<br />

theory <strong>de</strong>veloped by the Greek physician Hippocrates (460-370 BC). He<br />

believed certain human moods, emotions and behaviors were caused by<br />

body fluids (called "humors"): blood, yellow bile, black bile, and phlegm.<br />

Next, Galen (AD 131-200) <strong>de</strong>veloped the first typology of temperament in<br />

his dissertation De temperamentis. He mapped them to a matrix of<br />

hot/cold and dry/wet taken from the Four Elements (fire, air, earth, water).<br />

The word "temperament" itself comes from Latin "temperare", "to mix". In<br />

the i<strong>de</strong>al personality, the complementary characteristics or warm-cool and<br />

dry-moist were exquisitely balanced. In four less i<strong>de</strong>al types, one of the<br />

four qualities was dominant over all the others. In the remaining four<br />

types, one pair of qualities dominated the complimentary pair; for<br />

example; warm and moist dominated cool and dry. These latter four were<br />

the temperamental categories Galen named "sanguine", "melancholic",<br />

"choleric" and "phlegmatic" after the bodily humors. Each was the result<br />

of an excess of one of the humors that produced, in turn, the imbalance in<br />

paired qualities. Thus sanguine suppose the excess of blood and<br />

dominance of hot/wet qualities, choleric – yellow bile - hot/dry ,<br />

melancholic – black bile - cold/dry and phlegmatic – phlegm - cold/wet.<br />

Although each person was <strong>de</strong>emed to have his or her own individual<br />

temperament, they were generally <strong>de</strong>scribed as variations on four basic<br />

types: choleric, melancholic, sanguine, and phlegmatic. What are the basic<br />

features of each type of temperaments?<br />

29


Sanguine<br />

The Sanguine temperament personality is fairly extroverted.<br />

People of a sanguine temperament tend to enjoy social gatherings and<br />

making new friends. They tend to be creative and often day dream.<br />

However, some alone time is crucial for those of this temperament.<br />

Sanguine can also mean very sensitive, compassionate and thoughtful.<br />

Sanguine personalities generally struggle with following tasks all the way<br />

through, are chronically late, and tend to be forgetful and sometimes a<br />

little sarcastic. Often, when pursuing a new hobby, interest is lost quickly-when<br />

it ceases to be engaging or fun.<br />

Choleric<br />

A person who is choleric is a doer. They have a lot of ambition,<br />

energy, and passion, and try to instill it in others. They can dominate<br />

people of other temperaments, especially phlegmatic types. Many great<br />

charismatic military and political figures were cholerics.<br />

Melancholic<br />

A person who is a thoughtful pon<strong>de</strong>red has a melancholic<br />

disposition. Often very kind and consi<strong>de</strong>rate, melancholic can be highly<br />

creative – as in poetry and art - and can become occupied with the tragedy<br />

and cruelty in the world. A melancholic is also often a perfectionist. They<br />

are often self-reliant and in<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt.<br />

Phlegmatic<br />

Phlegmatic tend to be self-content and kind. They can be very<br />

accepting and affectionate. They may be very receptive and shy and often<br />

prefer stability to uncertainty and change. They are very consistent,<br />

relaxed, rational, curious, and observant, making them good administrators<br />

and diplomats. Unlike the Sanguine personality, they may be more<br />

<strong>de</strong>pendable.<br />

Common traits of temperaments<br />

From the beginning, with Galen's ancient temperaments, it was<br />

observed that pairs of temperaments shared certain traits in common,<br />

related especially to the rapidity of the responses to the stimulus and to the<br />

sustainability of the responses.<br />

Sanguine - quick, impulsive, and relatively short-lived reactions.<br />

(hot/wet)<br />

Phlegmatic - a longer response-<strong>de</strong>lay, but short-lived response.<br />

(cold/wet)<br />

30


Choleric - short response time-<strong>de</strong>lay, but response sustained for a<br />

relatively long time. (hot/dry)<br />

Melancholic - long response time-<strong>de</strong>lay, response sustained at<br />

length, if not, seemingly, permanently. (cold/dry)<br />

From this schema it is evi<strong>de</strong>nt that the sanguine and choleric<br />

shared a common trait: quickness of response, while the melancholy and<br />

phlegmatic shared the opposite, a longer response. The melancholy and<br />

choleric, however, shared a sustained response, and the sanguine and<br />

phlegmatic shared a short-lived response. That meant, that the Choleric<br />

and melancholy both would tend to hang on to emotions like anger, and<br />

thus appear more serious and critical than the fun-loving sanguine, and the<br />

peaceful phlegmatic. However, the choleric would be characterized by<br />

quick expressions of anger, while the melancholy would build up anger<br />

slowly, silently, before exploding.<br />

The medical theory of temperament began to lose favor in the<br />

early mo<strong>de</strong>rn period. As a characterization of a person's psychological<br />

state, however, temperament continued to be employed by both<br />

psychologists and the lay public well into the twentieth century. The<br />

temperamental theories as well as tests were <strong>de</strong>veloped in contemporary<br />

periods by David Keirsey, Myers-Briggs, Ernst Kretschmer etc.<br />

2.3. Behavior and Human Somatic<br />

One very famous though discussable personality type conception<br />

belong to William Sheldon (1898-1977). He was an American<br />

psychologist who <strong>de</strong>voted his life to observing the variety of human<br />

bodies and temperaments. He taught and did research at a number of U.S.<br />

universities and is best known for his series of books on the human<br />

constitution. For his study of the human physique, Dr. Sheldon started<br />

with 4,000 photographs of college-age men, which showed front, back and<br />

si<strong>de</strong> views. By carefully examining these photos he discovered that there<br />

were three fundamental elements which, when combined together, ma<strong>de</strong><br />

up all these physiques or somatotypes. With great effort and ingenuity he<br />

worked out ways to measure these three components and to express them<br />

numerically so that every human body could be <strong>de</strong>scribed in terms of three<br />

numbers, and that two in<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt observers could arrive at very similar<br />

results in <strong>de</strong>termining a person's body type.<br />

31


These basic elements he named endomorphy, mesomorphy and<br />

ectomorphy, for they seemed to <strong>de</strong>rive from the three layers of the human<br />

embryo, the endo<strong>de</strong>rm, the meso<strong>de</strong>rm and the ecto<strong>de</strong>rm. So:<br />

Endomorph is centered on the abdomen, and the whole digestive<br />

system.<br />

Mesomorph is focused on the muscles and the circulatory system.<br />

Ectomorph is related to the brain and the nervous system.<br />

We have all three elements in our bodily makeup, just as we all<br />

have digestive, circulatory and nervous systems. No one is simply an<br />

endomorph without having at the same time some mesomorph and<br />

ectomorph, but we have these components in varying <strong>de</strong>grees. Sheldon<br />

evaluated the <strong>de</strong>gree a component was present on a scale ranging from one<br />

to seven, with one as the minimum and seven as the maximum.<br />

The Extreme Endomorph - Roundness<br />

In this physique the body is round and soft, as if all the mass had<br />

been concentrated in the abdominal area. The arms and legs of the extreme<br />

endomorph are short and tapering, and the hands and feet comparatively<br />

small, with the upper arms and thighs being hammed and more <strong>de</strong>veloped<br />

than the lower arms and legs. The body has smooth contours without<br />

projecting bones, and a high waist. There is some <strong>de</strong>velopment of the<br />

breast in the male and a fullness of the buttocks. The skin is soft and<br />

smooth like that of an apple, and there is a ten<strong>de</strong>ncy towards premature<br />

baldness beginning at the top of the head and spreading in a polished<br />

circle. The hair is fine and the whole head is spherical. The head is large<br />

and the face broad and relaxed with the features blending into an over-all<br />

impression of roundness. Santa Claus is our society's image of the extreme<br />

endomorph.<br />

The Extreme Mesomorph – Muscles<br />

The chest area, which Sheldon likened to an engine room,<br />

dominates over the abdominal area and tapers to a relatively narrow, low<br />

waist. The bones and muscles of the head are prominent as well, with<br />

clearly <strong>de</strong>fined cheek bones and a square, heavy jaw. The face is long and<br />

broad and the head tends towards a cubical shape. The muscles on either<br />

si<strong>de</strong> of the neck create a pyramid-like effect. Both the lower and upper<br />

arms and legs are well-<strong>de</strong>veloped and the wrists and fingers are heavy and<br />

massive. The skin is thick and tends towards coarseness. It takes and holds<br />

a tan well and can <strong>de</strong>velop a leathery appearance with heavy wrinkles.<br />

32


Sheldon compared it to the skin of an orange. The hair is basically heavytextured,<br />

and baldness, usually starts at the front of the head. The extreme<br />

mesomorph is Mr. Universe or Tarzan.<br />

Women on the whole tend to have less mesomorph than men and<br />

more endomorph. Women who are primarily mesomorphs rarely show the<br />

same <strong>de</strong>gree of sharp angularity, prominent bone structure and highly<br />

relieved muscles found in their male counterparts. Their contours are<br />

smoother, yet the chest area clearly dominates over the abdominal area and<br />

both upper and lower arms and legs are well-muscled. The skin tends to be<br />

finer than in the male mesomorph, but shows some of the same<br />

characteristics in terms of tanning and wrinkling.<br />

The Extreme Ectomorph – Linear<br />

The highly ectomorph physique is fragile and <strong>de</strong>licate with light<br />

bones and slight muscles. The limbs are relatively long and the shoul<strong>de</strong>rs<br />

droop. In contrast to the compactness of the endomorph and mesomorph,<br />

the ectomorph is exten<strong>de</strong>d in space and linear. The ribs are visible and<br />

<strong>de</strong>licate and the thighs and upper arms weak. The fingers, toes and neck<br />

are long. The features of the face are sharp and fragile, and the shape of<br />

the face as a whole is triangular with the point of the triangle at the chin.<br />

The teeth are often crow<strong>de</strong>d in the lower jaw which is somewhat receding.<br />

The skin is dry and is like the outer skin of an onion. It tends to burn and<br />

peel easily and not retain a tan. The relatively great bodily area in relation<br />

to mass makes the ectomorph suffer from extreme heat or cold. The hair is<br />

fine and fast-growing and sometimes difficult to keep in place. Baldness is<br />

rare. The extreme ectomorph in our society is the absent-min<strong>de</strong>d<br />

professor.<br />

Once we had grasped these three basic elements we tried to<br />

recognize them in ourselves and our friends. We, in<strong>de</strong>ed, found some<br />

people who were extreme endomorphs, or mesomorphs or ectomorphs,<br />

with little of the other components, but there were not many of them. Most<br />

of the people we knew were a bewil<strong>de</strong>ring variety of combinations, and we<br />

practiced mentally weighing how much of each component they had.<br />

Sheldon liked to draw a body type diagram on which he plotted the<br />

different body types. Here's where he placed the extreme endomorph,<br />

mesomorph and ectomorph:<br />

33


Other people were strong in two elements, and had less of the third. They fell<br />

in between the poles of Sheldon's diagram. Four of these combinations<br />

captured our attention. There was the hefty muscular person, the muscular thin<br />

person, and close to him, the thinner yet still muscular person, and between the<br />

ectomorph and the endomorph the person who was spread out and round<br />

without really being muscular.<br />

In the middle are mid-range physiques well endowed with all the basic<br />

elements. And somewhere in this panoramic rainbow of physiques is you. Can<br />

you find yourself?<br />

The classification of body types was not Sheldon's ultimate goal.<br />

He wanted to help resolve the age-old question: Whether our body type<br />

was connected with the way we acted (eat and sleep, laugh and snore,<br />

speak and walk)? In short, he wanted to explore the link between body and<br />

temperament, un<strong>de</strong>rstood as body type in action. Sheldon's procedure in<br />

looking for the basic components of temperament was much like the one<br />

he used in discovering the body type components. He interviewed in <strong>de</strong>pth<br />

several hundred people and tried to find traits which would <strong>de</strong>scribe the<br />

basic elements of their behavior. He found there were three basic<br />

components which he called viscerotonia, somatotonia and cerebrotonia,<br />

and named endotonia, mesotonia and ectotonia.<br />

Endotonia is seen in the love of relaxation, comfort, food and people.<br />

Mesotonia is centered on assertiveness and a love of action.<br />

Ectotonia focuses on privacy, restraint and a highly <strong>de</strong>veloped<br />

self-awareness.<br />

Sheldon <strong>de</strong>vised a way of numerically rating the strength of each<br />

area based on a check-list of 60 characteristics (see the end of this chapter<br />

34


for a simplfied version) that <strong>de</strong>scribe the basic components. The 7-1-1 was<br />

the extreme endotonic, the 1-7-1 the extreme mesotonic and the 1-1-7 the<br />

extreme ectotonic. He found a strong correspon<strong>de</strong>nce between the<br />

endomorphic body type and the endotonic temperament, the mesomorphic<br />

body type and the mesotonic temperament, and the ectomorphic body type<br />

and the ectotonic temperament. Just as in our body type we have all three<br />

elements, so, too, with our temperament.<br />

A look at the three extremes in temperament will give us some<br />

i<strong>de</strong>a of what these components are like.<br />

The Extreme Endotonic - Friendliness<br />

The endotonic shows a splendid ability to eat, digest and socialize.<br />

A good <strong>de</strong>al of his energy is oriented around food, and he enjoys sitting<br />

around after a good meal and letting the digestive process proceed without<br />

disturbance. They fall readily to sleep and their sleep is <strong>de</strong>ep and easy;<br />

they lie limp and sprawled out and frequently snore.<br />

Endotonic are relaxed and slow-moving. Their breathing comes<br />

from the abdomen and is <strong>de</strong>ep and regular. Their speech is unhurried and<br />

their limbs often limp. They like sitting in a well-upholstered chair and<br />

relaxing. All their reactions are slow, and this is a reflection on a<br />

temperament level of a basal metabolism, pulse, breathing rate and<br />

temperature which are all often slower and lower than average. The<br />

circulation in their hands and feet tends to be poor.<br />

The endotonic love to socialize their eating, and the sharing of<br />

meals becomes an event of the highest importance. They treat guests well.<br />

They love company and feel more complete with other people around.<br />

They like people simply because they are people. They have a strong<br />

<strong>de</strong>sire to be liked and approved of, and this often leads them to be very<br />

conventional in their choices in or<strong>de</strong>r not to run the risk of social<br />

disapproval. The endotonic are open and even with their emotions which<br />

seem to flow out of them without any inhibitions. Whether they are happy<br />

or sad, they want the people around them to know about it, and if others<br />

express emotion they react directly and convincingly in sympathy. When<br />

an endotonic has been drinking he becomes even more jovial and radiates<br />

an expansive love of people. Endotonic are family-oriented and love<br />

babies and young children and have highly <strong>de</strong>veloped maternal instincts.<br />

They express affection and approval readily and need both back in kind.<br />

35


The Extreme Mesotonic - Action<br />

They are always ready for action, and good posture is natural to<br />

them. They get up with plenty of energy and seem tireless. They can work<br />

for long periods of time and both need and like to exercise. If they are<br />

forced into inactivity they become restless and <strong>de</strong>jected.<br />

The mesotonic tends to eat his food rapidly and somewhat<br />

randomly, often neglecting set meal times. He sleeps the least of the three<br />

types and sometimes contents himself with six hours. He is an active<br />

sleeper who thrashes about. He shows insensitivity to pain and a ten<strong>de</strong>ncy<br />

to high blood pressure and large blood vessels.<br />

The mesotonic has no hesitation in approaching people and<br />

making known his wants and <strong>de</strong>sires. The ten<strong>de</strong>ncy to think with his<br />

muscles and find exhilaration in their use leads him to enjoy taking<br />

chances and risks, even when the actual gain is well-known to be minimal.<br />

They can become fond of gambling and fast driving and are generally<br />

physically fearless. They can be either difficult and argumentative, or slow<br />

to anger, but always with the capacity to act out physically and usually<br />

with some sort of history of having done so on special occasions.<br />

This physical drive manifests itself on the psychological level in a<br />

sense of competition. The mesotonic wants to win and pushes himself<br />

forward. He tends to walk roughshod over the obstacles in his path and the<br />

people who stand in the way of his achieving what he wants. On the<br />

positive si<strong>de</strong> this is called being practical and free from sentimentality, but<br />

on the negative si<strong>de</strong> it is called ruthlessness or obnoxious aggressiveness.<br />

This outward energetic flow makes mesotonic generally noisy.<br />

Their voices carry and sometimes boom out as if speech were another<br />

form of exercise. When alcohol reduces their inhibitions, they become<br />

more assertive and aggressive. They look ol<strong>de</strong>r than their chronological<br />

age. The extraversion of action that is so strong here goes together with a<br />

lack of awareness of what is happening on the subjective level. He likes<br />

wi<strong>de</strong>-open spaces and freedom.<br />

The female mesotonic shows the same extraversion of action, but<br />

how this action expresses itself has a different quality. There is not the<br />

same overt physical combativeness and competitive aggressiveness. The<br />

action is more muted and flows in more socially acceptable channels. The<br />

mesotonic woman should be compared not with men but with other<br />

women, and it is in relation to other women that she shows the distinctive<br />

mesotonic traits in a feminine way.<br />

36


The Extreme Ectotonic - Reflection<br />

The outstanding characteristic of the ectotonic is his finely-tuned<br />

receptive system. His spread-out body acts like a giant antenna picking up<br />

all sorts of inputs. He is like a sonar operator who must constantly be wary<br />

of a sud<strong>de</strong>n loud noise breaking in on the <strong>de</strong>licate sounds he is trying to<br />

trace. He likes to cross his legs and curl up as if he is trying to minimize<br />

his exposure to the exterior world. He tries to avoid making noise and<br />

being subjected to it. He shrinks from crowds and large groups of people<br />

and likes small, protected places.<br />

The ectotonic suffers from a quick onset of hunger and a quick<br />

satiation of it. He is drawn to a high protein, high calorie diet, with<br />

frequent snacking to match his small digestive system. He has a nervous<br />

stomach and bowels. He is a quiet sleeper, but a light one, and he is often<br />

plagued by insomnia. He tends to sleep on one si<strong>de</strong> with his legs drawn up,<br />

and his sleep, though slow in coming, can be hard to shake off. His energy<br />

level is low, while his reactions are fast he suffers from a quasi-chronic<br />

fatigue and must protect himself from the temptation to exercise heavily.<br />

His blood pressure is usually low and his respiration shallow and rapid<br />

with a fast and weak pulse. His temperature is elevated slightly above<br />

normal and it rises rapidly at the onset of illness. The ectotonic is resistant<br />

to many major diseases, but suffers excessively from insect bites and skin<br />

rashes. His hypersensitivity leads not only to quick physical reactions but<br />

to excessively fast social reactions as well. It is difficult for this type to<br />

keep pace with slow-moving social chit-chat. He races ahead and trips<br />

over his own social feet.<br />

Self-awareness is a principle trait of ectotonia. The feelings of the<br />

ectotonic are not on display, even though they can be very strong, and so<br />

he is sometimes accused of not having any. When they are in a situation of<br />

<strong>de</strong>aling with someone who has authority over them or with someone of the<br />

opposite sex whom they are interested in, they often make a poor first<br />

impression. They are uncomfortable in coping with social situations where<br />

overt expressions of sympathy are called for or where general idle<br />

conversation is the norm, for example in parties and dinners where they<br />

have no intimate acquaintances.<br />

The ectotonics are hypersensitive to pain because they anticipate it<br />

and have a lower pain threshold as well. They do not project their voices<br />

like the mesotonics, but focus it to reach only the person they are<br />

addressing. They appear younger than their age and often wear an alert,<br />

37


intent expression. They have a late adolescence, consi<strong>de</strong>r the latter part of<br />

life the best, and are future-oriented. The more extreme ectotonics have a<br />

distaste for alcohol and their accentuated consciousness fights alcohol,<br />

drugs, anesthesia and is resistant to hypnosis. When they become troubled<br />

they seek privacy and solitu<strong>de</strong> in or<strong>de</strong>r to try to work out the difficulty.<br />

2.4. Jung's Theory of Psychological Types<br />

While typologies of all sorts have existed throughout time the<br />

most influential i<strong>de</strong>a of psychological types originated in the theoretical<br />

work of Carl Jung, published as Psychological Types in 1921. According<br />

to Jung, the conscious psyche is an apparatus for adaptation and<br />

orientation, and consists of a number of different psychic functions.<br />

Among these he distinguishes four basic functions:<br />

• sensing - perception by means of the sense organs;<br />

• intuition - perceiving in unconscious way or perception of<br />

unconscious contents.<br />

• thinking - function of intellectual cognition; the forming of logical<br />

conclusions;<br />

• feeling - function of subjective estimation;<br />

These functions are putted by author in pair accordingly to the<br />

criteria of rationality. Thus, thinking and feeling functions are rational,<br />

while sensing and intuition are nonrational.<br />

Rationality consists of figurative thoughts, feelings or actions<br />

with reason — a point of view based on objective value, which is set by<br />

practical experience.<br />

Non-rationality is not based in reason. Jung notes that elementary<br />

facts are also nonrational, not because they are illogical but because, as<br />

thoughts, they are not judgments.<br />

In a person one function of pair is dominant while other is<br />

auxiliary.<br />

Thinking and feeling<br />

Women use feeling more than thinking, and men use thinking<br />

more than feeling.<br />

This seems to be a general rule, though each of us has both<br />

functions and what function we use most has nothing to do with the<br />

question of intelligence.<br />

38


Suppose a couple wants to buy a house. The husband may think of<br />

the house in terms of its price, closeness to work, maintenance and so<br />

forth, while his wife might consi<strong>de</strong>r the purchase in terms of how she<br />

might feel when friends and relatives come over and how the house will<br />

look during next year's Thanksgiving dinner.<br />

Sensation and Intuition<br />

Just as there are two equally valid ways to arrive at a judgment,<br />

Jung saw that there were two ways of perception: sensation and intuition.<br />

Sensation is easy to grasp. It means perception by means of our<br />

various senses. It means contact with people and things by way of sight,<br />

hearing, touch, taste and smell. Sensation is in touch with the here and<br />

now in all its rich <strong>de</strong>tail.<br />

Intuition means the perception of possibilities. If sensation is<br />

oriented to the present, intuition revels in the future.<br />

When sensation is in a room, it glories in all the sha<strong>de</strong>s of color,<br />

and the styles of <strong>de</strong>coration it finds there, while intuition immediately<br />

looks for the nearest window in or<strong>de</strong>r to float out of it and search out<br />

hid<strong>de</strong>n possibilities in the future.<br />

According to the direction of psychic energy Carl Jung elaborate<br />

other typology. He divi<strong>de</strong>s human personality in introvert and extrovert. If<br />

a person’s energy usually flows outwards, he or she is an extravert, while<br />

if this energy normally flows inwards, this person is an introvert.<br />

Extraverts feel an increase of perceived energy when interacting with a<br />

large group of people, but a <strong>de</strong>crease of energy when left alone.<br />

Conversely, introverts feel an increase of energy when alone, but a<br />

<strong>de</strong>crease of energy when surroun<strong>de</strong>d by a large group of people.In more<br />

<strong>de</strong>tails Extraversion is "the act, state, or habit of being predominantly<br />

concerned with and obtaining gratification from what is outsi<strong>de</strong> the self".<br />

Extraverts tend to enjoy human interactions and to be enthusiastic,<br />

talkative, assertive, and gregarious. They take pleasure in activities that<br />

involve large social gatherings, such as parties, community activities,<br />

public <strong>de</strong>monstrations, and business or political groups. Acting, teaching,<br />

directing, managing, brokering are fields that favor extraversion. An<br />

extraverted person is likely to enjoy time spent with people and find less<br />

reward in time spent alone. They enjoy risk-taking and often show<br />

lea<strong>de</strong>rship abilities.<br />

39


An extravert is energized when around other people. Extraverts<br />

tend to "fa<strong>de</strong>" when alone and can easily become bored without other<br />

people around. Extraverts tend to think as they speak. When given the<br />

chance, an extravert will talk with someone else rather than sit alone and<br />

think.<br />

Introversion is "the state of or ten<strong>de</strong>ncy toward being wholly or<br />

predominantly concerned with and interested in one's own mental life".<br />

Introverts tend to be low-key, <strong>de</strong>liberate, and relatively less engaged in<br />

social situations. They often take pleasure in solitary activities such as<br />

reading, writing, drawing, watching movies, and using computers. The<br />

archetypal artist, writer, sculptor, composer and inventor are all highly<br />

introverted. An introverted person is likely to enjoy time spent alone and<br />

find less reward in time spent with large groups of people (although they<br />

tend to enjoy interactions with close friends). They prefer to concentrate<br />

on a single activity at a time and like to observe situations before they<br />

participate. Introversion is not the same as shyness. Introverts choose<br />

solitary over social activities by preference, whereas shy people avoid<br />

social encounters out of fear. An introvert is energized when alone.<br />

Introverts tend to "fa<strong>de</strong>" when with people and can easily become<br />

overstimulated with too many others around. Introverts tend to think<br />

before speaking.<br />

To give a complete <strong>de</strong>scription of a person's psychological type,<br />

Jung refers to both the function and attitu<strong>de</strong> type. As a result we have<br />

eight personality types:<br />

The Extraverted Sensation Type is a realist who seeks to<br />

experience as many concrete sensations as possible - preferably, but not<br />

necessarily, ones that are pleasurable. These experiences are seen as ends<br />

in themselves and are rarely utilized for any other purpose.<br />

Such persons are sensualists or aesthetes who are attracted by the<br />

physical characteristics of objects and people. They dress, eat and entertain<br />

well, and can be very good company.<br />

Not at all reflective nor introspective, they have no i<strong>de</strong>als except<br />

sensory enjoyment. They generally mistrust inner psychological processes<br />

and prefer to account for such things in terms of external events (e.g., they<br />

may blame their moods on the weather).<br />

If extreme, they are often cru<strong>de</strong>ly sensual and may exploit<br />

situations or others in or<strong>de</strong>r to increase their own personal pleasure. When<br />

40


neurotic, repressed intuition may be projected onto other people, so that<br />

they may become irrationally suspicious<br />

The Introverted Sensation Type is subjectively filtered. Perception<br />

is not based directly on the object, but is merely suggested by it.<br />

Perception <strong>de</strong>pends crucially upon internal psychological<br />

processes that will differ from one person to the next. At its most positive,<br />

introverted sensation is found in the creative artist. At its most extreme, it<br />

produces psychotic hallucinations and a total alienation from reality.<br />

The introverted sensation type reacts subjectively to events in a<br />

way that is unrelated to objective criteria. Often this is seen as an<br />

inappropriate and uncalled-for overreaction.<br />

The person may perceive the world as illusory or amusing. In<br />

extreme (psychotic) cases, this may result in an inability to distinguish<br />

illusion from reality. The subjective world of archaic images may then<br />

come to dominate consciousness completely, so that the person lives in a<br />

private, mythological realm of fantasy.<br />

Repressed intuition may also be expressed in vaguely imagined<br />

threats or an apprehension of sinister possibilities.<br />

The Extraverted Intuition Type - is an excellent diagnostician and<br />

exploiter of situations. Such people see exciting possibilities in every new<br />

venture and are excellent at perceiving latent abilities in other people.<br />

They get carried away with the enthusiasm of their vision and often inspire<br />

others with the courage of their conviction.<br />

As such, they do well in occupations where these qualities are at a<br />

premium - for example in initiating new projects, in business, politics or<br />

the stock market. They are, however, easily bored and stifled by<br />

unchanging conditions. As a result they often waste their life and talents<br />

jumping from one activity to another in the search for fresh possibilities,<br />

failing to stick at any one project long enough to bring it to fruition.<br />

Furthermore, in their commitment to their own vision, they often<br />

show little regard for the needs, views or convictions of others.<br />

When neurotic, repressed sensation may cause this type to become<br />

compulsively tied to people, objects or activities that stir in them primitive<br />

sensations such as pleasure, pain or fear. The consequence of this can be<br />

phobias, hypochondriacal beliefs and a range of other compulsions.<br />

41


The Introverted Intuition Type - is directed inward to the contents<br />

of the unconscious. It attempts to fathom internal events by relating them<br />

to universal psychological processes or to other archetypal images.<br />

Consequently it generally has a mythical, symbolic or prophetic quality.<br />

Such a person has a visionary i<strong>de</strong>al that reveals strange,<br />

mysterious things. These are enigmatic, 'unearthly' people who stand aloof<br />

from ordinary society. They have little interest in explaining or<br />

rationalizing their personal vision, but are content merely to proclaim it.<br />

Partly as a result of this, they are often misun<strong>de</strong>rstood. Although<br />

the vision of the artist among this type generally remains on the purely<br />

perceptual level, mystical dreamers or cranks may become caught up in<br />

theirs. The person's life then becomes symbolic, taking on the nature of a<br />

Great Work, mission or spiritual-moral quest.<br />

If neurotic, repressed sensation may express itself in primitive,<br />

instinctual ways and, like their extraverted counterparts, introverted<br />

intuitive often suffers from hypochondria and compulsions.<br />

The Extraverted Thinking Type - is driven by the objective<br />

evi<strong>de</strong>nce of the senses or by objective (collective) i<strong>de</strong>as that <strong>de</strong>rive from<br />

tradition or learning. Thinking is never carried out for its own sake, merely<br />

as some private, subjective enterprise.<br />

The extraverted thinking type bases all actions on the intellectual<br />

analysis of objective data. Such people live by a general intellectual<br />

formula or universal moral co<strong>de</strong>, foun<strong>de</strong>d upon abstract notions of truth or<br />

justice. They also expect other people to recognize and obey this formula.<br />

This type represses the feeling function (e.g., sentimental attachments,<br />

friendships, religious <strong>de</strong>votion) and may also neglect personal interests<br />

such as their own health or financial well-being.<br />

If extreme or neurotic, they may become petty, bigoted, tyrannical<br />

or hostile towards those who would threaten their formula. Alternatively,<br />

repressed ten<strong>de</strong>ncies may burst out in various kinds of personal<br />

'immorality' (e.g., self-seeking, sexual mis<strong>de</strong>meanors, fraud or <strong>de</strong>ception).<br />

The Introverted Thinking Type - is contemplative, involving an<br />

inner play of i<strong>de</strong>as. It is thinking for its own sake and is always directed<br />

inward to subjective i<strong>de</strong>as and personal convictions rather than outward to<br />

practical outcomes. The introverted thinking type tends to be impractical<br />

and indifferent to objective concerns. These persons usually avoid notice<br />

and may seem cold, arrogant and taciturn.<br />

42


Alternatively, the repressed feeling function may express itself in<br />

displays of childish naivety. Generally people of this type appear caught<br />

up in their own i<strong>de</strong>as which they aim to think through as fully and <strong>de</strong>eply<br />

as possible.<br />

If extreme or neurotic they can become rigid, withdrawn, surly or<br />

brusque. They may also confuse their subjectively apprehen<strong>de</strong>d truth with<br />

their own personality so that any criticism of their i<strong>de</strong>as is seen as a<br />

personal attack. This may lead to bitterness or to vicious counterattacks<br />

against their critics.<br />

The Extraverted Feeling Type - is based upon accepted or<br />

traditional social values and opinions. It involves a conforming, adjusting<br />

response to objective circumstances that strives for harmonious relations<br />

with the world.<br />

The extraverted feeling type follows fashion and seeks to<br />

harmonize personal feelings with general social values.<br />

Thinking is always subordinate to feeling and is ignored or<br />

repressed if intellectual conclusions fail to confirm the convictions of the<br />

heart. When this type is extreme or neurotic, feeling may become gushing<br />

or extravagant and <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt upon momentary enthusiasms that may<br />

quickly turn about with changing circumstances. Such a person may<br />

therefore seem hysterical, fickle, moody or even to be suffering from<br />

multiple personality. Repressed thinking may also erupt in infantile,<br />

negative, obsessive ways. This can lead to the attribution of drea<strong>de</strong>d<br />

characteristics to the very objects or people that are most loved and valued.<br />

The Introverted Feeling Type - is unrelated to any external object.<br />

It <strong>de</strong>values objective reality and is rarely displayed openly. When it does<br />

appear on the surface, it generally seems negative or indifferent. Such a<br />

person aims to be inconspicuous, makes little attempt to impress and<br />

generally fails to respond to the feelings of others.<br />

The outer, surface appearance is often neutral, cold and<br />

dismissive. Inwardly, however, feelings are <strong>de</strong>ep, passionately intense, and<br />

may accompany secret religious or poetic ten<strong>de</strong>ncies. The effect of all this<br />

on other people can be stifling and oppressive. When extreme or neurotic,<br />

this type may become domineering and vain.<br />

Negative repressed thinking may also be projected so that these<br />

persons may imagine they can know what others are thinking. This may<br />

<strong>de</strong>velop into paranoia and into secret scheming rivalries.<br />

43


► Exercises and Discussions:<br />

a. Give a <strong>de</strong>finition of personality.<br />

b. What are the basic approaches or theories about personality?<br />

c. Describe the classical conception of temperament.<br />

d. What is somatotype and how many personality types were<br />

established by Sheldon?<br />

e. Sketch the significant moments of Jung’s conception of<br />

personality types.<br />

f. Make the comparison between conceptions analyzed in the<br />

chapter.<br />

g. Chose one of the three conceptions analyzed which is more<br />

relevant in your opinion. Justify you option.<br />

► Recommen<strong>de</strong>d Essays<br />

h. Psychodynamic conception of personality.<br />

i. Behaviorist conception of personality.<br />

j. Humanist conception of personality.<br />

k. Personality disor<strong>de</strong>rs.<br />

►Literature:<br />

1. Stou<strong>de</strong>mire Alan. Human behavior: an introduction for medical<br />

stu<strong>de</strong>nts. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 1998.<br />

2. Engler Barbara. Personality Theories: An Introduction. Cengage<br />

Learning, 2008.<br />

3. Lindsay J. E.,Carter Barbara. Honeyman Heath. Somatotyping<strong>de</strong>velopment<br />

and applications. Cambridge University Press, 1990.<br />

4. Sharp Daryl. Personality types: Jung's mo<strong>de</strong>l of typology. Inner<br />

City Books, 1987.<br />

44


3.1 Human Society and its Structure<br />

Behavior and Society<br />

45<br />

Chapter 3<br />

One of the greatest diseases<br />

is to be nobody to anybody.<br />

Mother Teresa<br />

The term society came from the Latin word societas, which in turn<br />

was <strong>de</strong>rived from the noun socius ("comra<strong>de</strong>, friend, ally"). Thus this term<br />

is used to <strong>de</strong>scribe an interaction among parties that are friendly. Human<br />

society is consequently a group of people related to each other through<br />

persistent relations, that must be friendly or at least civil so that to be<br />

efficient. There is a common vision among scientist that ten<strong>de</strong>ncy of<br />

humans for association (forming and living in groups) is conditioned<br />

primarily by the heed to cope. A society allows its members to realize<br />

needs or wishes they cannot fulfill alone. In this circumstance they need to<br />

work for the global success of the society as a prerequisite for achieving<br />

their own individual success. As such, society is a collaborative means to<br />

accomplish individual ends.<br />

Societies can differ from each other on the level of historical,<br />

economical or technological <strong>de</strong>velopment, on the types of government and<br />

political structure on the specific of cultural traditions, but all human<br />

societies have more or less alike structures. Formally social structure<br />

consists of individuals, groups, and other social entities, and of the<br />

networks of social ties between them. Functionally social structure<br />

consists of statuses, roles, and social institutions. Formally and<br />

functionally social structure is patterned social arrangements which form<br />

the society as a whole, and which <strong>de</strong>termine, regulate the interactions<br />

among members of the society. To un<strong>de</strong>rstand better the significance the<br />

meanings of each <strong>de</strong>fying element will be <strong>de</strong>scribe.<br />

An individual is a person or any specific object or thing in a<br />

collection. Individuality is the state or quality of being an individual; a


person separate from other persons and possessing his or her own needs,<br />

goals, and <strong>de</strong>sires.<br />

Social group is an association of two or more humans who<br />

interact with one another, share similar characteristics and collectively<br />

have a sense of unity. To have a sense of unity mean interacting with each<br />

other with respect to:<br />

1. Common motives and goals;<br />

2. An accepted division of labor, i.e. roles;<br />

3. Established status (social rank, dominance) relationships;<br />

4. Accepted norms and values with reference to matters relevant to<br />

the group;<br />

5. Development of accepted sanctions (praise and punishment) if<br />

and when norms were respected or violated.<br />

Characteristics shared by members of a group may inclu<strong>de</strong><br />

interests, values, representations, ethnic or social background, and kinship<br />

ties. Thus a true social group is a group that exhibits some <strong>de</strong>gree of social<br />

cohesion and is not a simple collection or aggregate of individuals, such as<br />

people waiting at a bus stop, or people waiting in a line. Social groups can<br />

be many types, but sociologist divi<strong>de</strong>d into two big categories: primary<br />

and secondary groups. Primary groups are small groups with intimate,<br />

kinship-based relationships: families, for example. They commonly last<br />

for many years or even generations. They are small and display face-toface<br />

interaction. Secondary groups, in contrast to primary groups, are large<br />

groups involving formal and institutional relationships. They may last for<br />

years or may disband after a short time. The formation of primary groups<br />

happens within secondary groups. Primary groups can be present in<br />

secondary settings. For example, attending a university exemplifies<br />

membership of a secondary group, while the friendships that are ma<strong>de</strong><br />

there would be consi<strong>de</strong>red a primary group that you belong to. Likewise,<br />

some businesses care <strong>de</strong>eply about the well being of one another, while<br />

some immediate families have hostile relations within it.<br />

Social status is the honor or prestige attached to one's position in<br />

society. It is the position or rank of a person or group within the society.<br />

Social role is a set of connected behaviors, rights and obligations<br />

of a person or group in a social situation or position.<br />

Social institution is any structure or mechanism of social or<strong>de</strong>r<br />

and cooperation governing the behavior of groups within a given human<br />

community. Institutions are i<strong>de</strong>ntified with a social purpose and<br />

46


permanence, transcending individual human lives and intentions, and with<br />

the making and enforcing of rules governing cooperative human behavior.<br />

3.2. The Concepts of Social Status and Role<br />

The first person who gives the <strong>de</strong>finition to the concept of status<br />

was R. Linton (1936). He <strong>de</strong>fined status simply as a position in a social<br />

system. Eventually one occupies the statuses son or daughter, playmate,<br />

pupil, husband, mother bread-winner, cricket fan, and so on, one has as<br />

many statuses as there are groups of which one is a member. For analytical<br />

purposes, statuses are divi<strong>de</strong>d into two basic types: ascribed and achieved.<br />

Ascribed statuses are those which are fixed for an individual at birth.<br />

Ascribed statuses that exist in all societies inclu<strong>de</strong> those based upon sex,<br />

age, race, ethnic group and family background. Achieved statuses are<br />

those which the individual acquires during his or her lifetime as a result of<br />

the exercise of knowledge, ability, skill and/or perseverance. In other<br />

words achieved status is when people are placed in the stratification<br />

structure based on their individual merits or achievements. This status can<br />

be achieved through education, occupation, and marital status. Their place<br />

within the stratification structure is <strong>de</strong>termined by society's bar, which<br />

often judges them on success, success being financial, aca<strong>de</strong>mic, and<br />

political and so on. America most commonly uses this form of status with<br />

jobs. The higher you are in rank the better off you are and the more control<br />

you have over your co-workers.<br />

Societies vary in both the number of statuses that are ascribed and<br />

achieved and in the rigidity with which such <strong>de</strong>finitions are held. Both<br />

ascribed and achieved statuses exist in all societies and these are directly<br />

related to the stratification of society that <strong>de</strong>scribes the way people are<br />

placed in society. It is associated with the ability of individuals to live up<br />

to some set of i<strong>de</strong>als or principles regar<strong>de</strong>d as important by the society or<br />

some social group within it. The German sociologist Max Weber<br />

<strong>de</strong>veloped a theory proposing that stratification is based on three factors<br />

that have become known as "the three p's of stratification": property (i.e.<br />

material possessions), prestige (respect) and power (i.e. ability to do what<br />

one wants, regardless of the will of others). These factors all together or<br />

one by one can show the position of a person in the society. For example, a<br />

teacher may have a high status because of the prestige of the profession<br />

while having no propriety or power.<br />

47


In relation to the stratification of society is elaborated and i<strong>de</strong>a of<br />

status groups. Status groups are communities that are based on i<strong>de</strong>as of<br />

proper lifestyles and the honor given to people by others. These groups<br />

only exist because of people's i<strong>de</strong>as of prestige or dishonor. Also, people<br />

in these communities are only supposed to associate with people of like<br />

status, and all other people are looked at as inferiors. Thus human are<br />

likely to interact with people with the same personal income, the same<br />

political views/position, the same religion, nationality, race or social class.<br />

Status can be changed through a process of social mobility,<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstood as change of position within the stratification system. A move<br />

in status can be upward (upward mobility), or downward (downward<br />

mobility). Social mobility allows a person to move to another social status<br />

other than the one he or she was born in. Social mobility is more frequent<br />

in societies where achievement rather than ascription is the primary basis<br />

for social status.<br />

The term social role is borrowed by social scientists originally<br />

from the Greek Drama. Greek actors wore masks when they performed in<br />

their drama. This leads us directly to the <strong>de</strong>finition of the concept of social<br />

role. A social role is a set of social norms that govern a person's behavior<br />

in a group and <strong>de</strong>termine his relationships with other group members. Put<br />

somewhat differently a role is the expected pattern of behavior associated<br />

with a given social status. Status and role are reciprocal aspects of the<br />

same phenomenon. Status, or position, is the static aspect that fixes the<br />

individual's position in a group; role is the dynamic behavioral aspect that<br />

<strong>de</strong>fines how the person who occupies the status should behave in different<br />

situations. Each of the statuses involves a role, set of behavior or actionpatterns<br />

that people belonging to a given status are expected to perform.<br />

One plays as many roles as he has statuses. A given man may both<br />

concurrently and sequentially enact the roles of husband, father breadwinner,<br />

and football fan and so on.<br />

Social roles may be linked to blue-prints for behavior that are<br />

han<strong>de</strong>d to the individual, hypothetically, when he becomes a member of a<br />

group. As such these constitute the group's expectations concerning how<br />

one would behave. Thus, whereas the status of a person tells us what he is,<br />

his role will tell us what he does as a member of a status group. There are<br />

no roles without statuses and no statuses without roles. In<strong>de</strong>ed, there are<br />

some exceptions. Though all statuses imply some role or roles, it is not<br />

always possible to infer people's statuses from what they do, as for<br />

48


example, two persons, who bear the title of knighthood and thus holding<br />

same social positions, might be performing completely different roles.<br />

Also, many statuses are wholly or partly <strong>de</strong>fined with reference to roles<br />

which their occupants are expected to perform. For example policemen,<br />

poets, etc.<br />

As was said above a person can play simultaneously many roles,<br />

but in or<strong>de</strong>r to play any role, individuals must meet certain conditions, for<br />

instance biological or sociological. A boy cannot take the biological role<br />

of mother because of biological reason as well as a doctor cannot practice<br />

medicine without certificate (social reason). The role achievement and<br />

<strong>de</strong>velopment can be also influenced by a additional factors. Some of them<br />

ate as follow:<br />

Societal factor: The structure of society often forms individuals<br />

into certain roles based on the social situations they choose to experience.<br />

Parents enrolling their children in certain programs at a young age increase<br />

the chance that the child will follow that role.<br />

Genetic predisposition: People take on roles that come naturally to<br />

them. Those with athletic ability generally take on roles of athletes. Those<br />

with mental genius often take on roles <strong>de</strong>voted to education and<br />

knowledge. This does not mean that people must choose only one path,<br />

multiple roles can be taken on by each individual<br />

Cultural influence: Different cultures place different values on<br />

certain roles based on their lifestyle. For instance, soccer players are<br />

regar<strong>de</strong>d higher in European countries than in the United States, where<br />

soccer is less popular.<br />

Situational influence: Roles can be created or altered based on the<br />

situation a person is put in outsi<strong>de</strong> their own influence. For instance a<br />

person must assume the role of lea<strong>de</strong>r even such a position is improper for<br />

his personality.<br />

In many case a person performs many roles consistently, but there<br />

are situations in which it is not possible, there are situation when one is<br />

forced to take on two different and incompatible roles at the same time.<br />

This situation is called the situation of role conflict. For example, a person<br />

may find conflict between her role as a mother and her role as an<br />

employee of a company when her child's <strong>de</strong>mands for time and attention<br />

distract her from the needs of her employer.<br />

49


3.3. Health Care as a Social System<br />

As <strong>de</strong>fine above in the first paragraph an institution is a term that<br />

refers to any structure or mechanism of social or<strong>de</strong>r and cooperation<br />

governing the behavior of a set of individuals within a given human<br />

community for acquiring a purpose important to a society as a hole. The<br />

interaction of these structures and mechanisms (i.e. institutions) constitute<br />

social systems. In the light of this <strong>de</strong>finition medicine is a system or is a<br />

form of organization of activity directed towards health improvement.<br />

World Medical Organization <strong>de</strong>fines a Health System as the structured and<br />

interrelated set of all actors and institutions contributing to health<br />

improvement. "A health system consists of all organizations, people and<br />

actions whose primary intent is to promote, restore or maintain health.<br />

This inclu<strong>de</strong>s efforts to influence <strong>de</strong>terminants of health as well as more<br />

direct health-improving activities…”<br />

Medical organization<br />

Medical organization is an institution that provi<strong>de</strong>s preventive,<br />

curative, promotional or rehabilitative health care services in a systematic<br />

way to individuals, families or communities. Among medical organization<br />

can be listed: Hospital, Health care centre, Medical nursing home,<br />

Pharmacies and drug stores, Medical laboratory and research etc.<br />

A hospital is an institution for health care providing patient<br />

treatment by specialized staff and equipment, and often, but not always<br />

providing for inpatient care (is the care of patients whose condition<br />

requires admission to a hospital) or longer-term patient stays. Today,<br />

hospitals are usually fun<strong>de</strong>d by the public sector, by health organizations<br />

(for profit or nonprofit), health insurance companies or charities, including<br />

by direct charitable donations. Historically, however, hospitals were often<br />

foun<strong>de</strong>d and fun<strong>de</strong>d by religious or<strong>de</strong>rs or charitable individuals and<br />

lea<strong>de</strong>rs.<br />

Health care centers, including clinics (i.e. health care facility that<br />

is primarily <strong>de</strong>voted to the care of outpatients) and ambulatory surgery<br />

centers (i.e. health care centers where surgical procedures not requiring an<br />

overnight hospital stay are performed), serve as first point of contact with<br />

a health professional and provi<strong>de</strong> outpatient medical, nursing, <strong>de</strong>ntal and<br />

other types of care services.<br />

Medical nursing homes, including resi<strong>de</strong>ntial treatment centers<br />

(i.e. live-in health care facility providing therapy for substance abuse,<br />

50


mental illness, or other behavioral problems) and geriatric care facilities<br />

(i.e. el<strong>de</strong>r care management), are health care institutions which have<br />

accommodation facilities and which engage in providing short-term or<br />

long-term medical treatment of a general or specialized nature not<br />

performed by hospitals to inpatients with any of a wi<strong>de</strong> variety of medical<br />

conditions.<br />

Pharmacies and drug stores comprise establishments engaged in<br />

retailing prescription or nonprescription drugs and medicines, and other<br />

types of medical goods. Regulated pharmacies may be based in a hospital<br />

or clinic or they may be privately operated, and are usually staffed by<br />

pharmacists, pharmacy technicians and pharmacy ai<strong>de</strong>s.<br />

A medical laboratory or clinical laboratory is a laboratory where<br />

tests are done on biological specimens in or<strong>de</strong>r to get information about<br />

the health of a patient. Such laboratories may be divi<strong>de</strong>d into categorical<br />

<strong>de</strong>partments such as microbiology, hematology, clinical biochemistry,<br />

immunology, serology, histology, cytology, cytogenetics, or virology. In<br />

many countries, there are two main types of labs that process the majority<br />

of medical specimens. Hospital laboratories are attached to a hospital, and<br />

perform tests on these patients. Private or community laboratories receive<br />

samples from general practitioners, insurance companies, and other health<br />

clinics for analysis.<br />

Health care practitioners<br />

Health care practitioner is an individual or an institution that<br />

provi<strong>de</strong>s preventive, curative, promotional or rehabilitative health care<br />

services in a systematic way to individuals, families or communities.<br />

Health care practitioners inclu<strong>de</strong> physicians (including general<br />

practitioners and specialists), <strong>de</strong>ntists, physical therapists, audiologists,<br />

speech pathologists, physician assistants, nurses, midwives,<br />

pharmacologists/pharmacists, dietitians, therapists, psychologists,<br />

chiropractors, clinical officers, phlebotomists, occupational therapists,<br />

optometrists, emergency medical technicians, paramedics, medical<br />

laboratory technicians, medical prosthetic technicians, radiographers,<br />

social workers, and a wi<strong>de</strong> variety of other human resources trained to<br />

provi<strong>de</strong> some type of health care service. They often work in hospitals,<br />

health care centers and other service <strong>de</strong>livery points, but also in aca<strong>de</strong>mic<br />

training, research and administration. Some provi<strong>de</strong> care and treatment<br />

services for patients in private homes. Many countries have a large number<br />

51


of community health workers who work outsi<strong>de</strong> of formal health care<br />

institutions. Managers of health care services, medical records and health<br />

information technicians, and other assistive personnel and support workers<br />

are also consi<strong>de</strong>red a vital part of health care teams.<br />

In what will follow is clarified the significance of basic terms<br />

assigned to health givers.<br />

A physician also known as medical practitioner, doctor of<br />

medicine, medical doctor, or simply doctor — is a person which practices<br />

the ancient profession of medicine, which is concerned with maintaining<br />

or restoring human health through the study, diagnosis, and treatment of<br />

disease or injury. This properly requires both a <strong>de</strong>tailed knowledge of the<br />

aca<strong>de</strong>mic disciplines (such as anatomy and physiology) un<strong>de</strong>rlying<br />

diseases and their treatment — the science of medicine — and also a<br />

<strong>de</strong>cent competence in its applied practice — the art or craft of medicine.<br />

The word physician comes from the Ancient Greek word φύσις<br />

(physis) and its <strong>de</strong>rived adjective physikos, meaning "nature" and<br />

"natural". From this, amongst other <strong>de</strong>rivatives came the Vulgar Latin<br />

physicus, which meant a medical practitioner. After the Norman Conquest,<br />

the word entered Middle English, via Old French fisicien, as early as 1100.<br />

Originally, physician meant a practitioner of physic (pronounced with a<br />

hard C). This archaic noun had entered Middle English by 1300 (via Old<br />

French fisique). Physic meant the art or science of treatment with drugs or<br />

medications (as opposed to surgery), and was later used both as a verb and<br />

also to <strong>de</strong>scribe the medications themselves.<br />

In mo<strong>de</strong>rn English, the term physician is used in two main ways,<br />

with relatively broad and narrow meanings respectively. This is the result<br />

of history and is often confusing. These meanings and variations are<br />

explained below.<br />

Especially in North America, the title physician is now wi<strong>de</strong>ly<br />

used in the broad sense, and applies to any medical practitioner holding a<br />

medical <strong>de</strong>gree. In the United States and Canada, the term physician<br />

usually <strong>de</strong>scribes all those holding the <strong>de</strong>grees of Doctor of Medicine<br />

(MD) and Doctor of Osteopathic Medicine (DO). Within North America,<br />

the title physician, in this broad sense, also <strong>de</strong>scribes the hol<strong>de</strong>rs of<br />

medical <strong>de</strong>grees from other countries that are equivalent to the North<br />

American Doctor of Medicine <strong>de</strong>grees; typical examples of such <strong>de</strong>grees<br />

from Commonwealth countries are MB BS, MB BChir etc.<br />

52


Physician is still wi<strong>de</strong>ly used in its ol<strong>de</strong>r, narrower sense,<br />

especially outsi<strong>de</strong> North America. In this usage, a physician is a specialist<br />

in internal medicine or one of its many sub-specialties (especially as<br />

opposed to a specialist in surgery). This traditional meaning of physician<br />

conveys a sense of expertise in treatment by drugs or medications, rather<br />

than by the procedures of surgeons.<br />

Currently, a specialist physician in this ol<strong>de</strong>r, narrower sense<br />

would probably be <strong>de</strong>scribed in the United States as an internist. Another<br />

term, hospitalist, was introduced in 1996, to <strong>de</strong>scribe US specialists in<br />

internal medicine who work largely or exclusively in hospitals. Such<br />

'hospitalists' now make up about 19% of all US general internists, who are<br />

often called general physicians in Commonwealth countries.<br />

The ol<strong>de</strong>r, more narrow usage of physician as an internist is<br />

common in the United Kingdom and other Commonwealth countries (such<br />

as Australia, Bangla<strong>de</strong>sh, India, New Zealand, Pakistan, South Africa, Sri<br />

Lanka, Zimbabwe), as well as in places as diverse as Brazil, Hong Kong,<br />

Indonesia, Japan, Ireland, and Taiwan. In such places, the more general<br />

English terms doctor or medical practitioner are prevalent, <strong>de</strong>scribing any<br />

practitioner of medicine (whom an American would likely call a physician,<br />

in the newer, broad sense). In Commonwealth countries, specialist<br />

pediatricians and geriatricians are also <strong>de</strong>scribed as specialist physicians<br />

who have sub-specialized by age of patient rather than by organ system.<br />

Nurse practitioners (NPs) are not <strong>de</strong>scribed as physicians; the<br />

American College of Nurse Practitioners do not <strong>de</strong>scribe themselves this<br />

way. They are classified as advance practice registered nurses/clinicians,<br />

and are also known as mid-level (healthcare) practitioners in US<br />

government regulations. Nurse practitioners may perform work similar to<br />

that of physicians, especially within the realm of primary care, but use<br />

advanced nursing mo<strong>de</strong>ls instead of medical mo<strong>de</strong>ls. A nurse is a<br />

healthcare professional who, in collaboration with other members of a<br />

health care team, is responsible for: treatment, safety, and recovery of<br />

acutely or chronically ill individuals; health promotion and maintenance<br />

within families, communities and populations; and, treatment of lifethreatening<br />

emergencies in a wi<strong>de</strong> range of health care settings. Nurses<br />

perform a wi<strong>de</strong> range of clinical and non-clinical functions necessary to<br />

the <strong>de</strong>livery of health care, and may also be involved in medical and<br />

nursing research.<br />

53


The scope of practice for a Nurse Practitioner in the United States<br />

is <strong>de</strong>fined by individual state boards of registration in nursing, as opposed<br />

to state boards of registration in medicine. Physician Assistants are also<br />

classified as midlevel advance practice clinicians, have a similar scope of<br />

practice as nurse practitioners, and are regulated by state boards of<br />

registration in medicine.<br />

A paramedic is a medical professional, usually a member of the<br />

emergency medical services, who primarily provi<strong>de</strong>s pre-hospital<br />

advanced medical and trauma care. A paramedic is charged with providing<br />

emergency on-scene treatment, crisis intervention, life-saving stabilization<br />

and transport of ill or injured patients to <strong>de</strong>finitive emergency medical and<br />

surgical treatment facilities, such as hospitals and trauma centers.<br />

The use of the specific term paramedic varies by jurisdiction, and<br />

in some places is used to refer to any member of an ambulance crew. In<br />

countries such as Canada and South Africa, the term paramedic is used as<br />

the job title for all EMS personnel, who are then distinguished by the<br />

terms primary or basic (e.g. Primary Care Paramedic) intermediate, or<br />

advanced (e.g. Advanced Care Paramedic). This approach may be<br />

completely appropriate in such jurisdictions, where primary care staff<br />

receive more than double the classroom and clinical training of an EMT,<br />

and in fact more than those in some jurisdictions permitted by law to call<br />

themselves paramedics. In countries such as the United States and the<br />

United Kingdom, the use of the word paramedic is restricted by law, and<br />

the person claiming the title must have passed a specific set of<br />

examinations and clinical placements, and hold a valid registration (in the<br />

UK, with the Health Professions Council), certification, or license with a<br />

governing body. Even in countries where the law restricts the title, lay<br />

persons may incorrectly refer to all emergency medical personnel as<br />

'paramedics', even if they officially hold a different qualification, such as<br />

emergency medical technician - basic.<br />

Pharmacists are health professionals who practice the science of<br />

pharmacy. In their traditional role, pharmacists typically take a request for<br />

medicines from a prescribing health care provi<strong>de</strong>r in the form of a medical<br />

prescription, evaluate the appropriateness of the prescription, dispense the<br />

medication to the patient and counsel them on the proper use and adverse<br />

effects of that medication. In this role pharmacists act as a learned<br />

intermediary between physicians and patients and thus ensure the safe and<br />

effective use of medications. Pharmacists also participate in disease-state<br />

54


management, where they optimize and monitor drug therapy or interpret<br />

medical laboratory results – in collaboration with physicians and/or other<br />

health professionals. Advances into prescribing medication and in<br />

providing public health advices and services are occurring in Britain as<br />

well as the United States and Canada. Pharmacists have many areas of<br />

expertise and are a critical source of medical knowledge in clinics,<br />

hospitals, medical laboratory and community pharmacies throughout the<br />

world. Pharmacists also hold positions in the pharmaceutical industry as<br />

well as in pharmaceutical education and research and <strong>de</strong>velopment<br />

institutions.<br />

In much of the United Kingdom and the British Commonwealth<br />

pharmacists are customarily sometimes referred to as chemist (or<br />

dispensing chemists), a usage which can, especially without a context<br />

relating to the sale or supply of medicines, cause confusion with scientists<br />

in the field of chemistry. This term is a historical one, since some<br />

pharmacists passed an examination in Pharmaceutical Chemistry (PhC) set<br />

by the then Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain in 1852 and these<br />

were known as "Pharmaceutical Chemists". This title is protected by the<br />

Medicines Act 1968 section 78.<br />

Notion of Patient<br />

The word patient originally meant 'one who suffers'. This English<br />

noun comes from the Latin word patiens, the present participle of the<br />

<strong>de</strong>ponent verb, patior, meaning 'I am suffering,' and akin to the Greek verb<br />

πάσχειν (= paskhein, to suffer) and its cognate noun πάθος (= pathos).<br />

A patient is any person who receives medical attention, care, or<br />

treatment. The person is most often ill or injured and in need of treatment<br />

by a physician or other health care professional, although one who is<br />

visiting a physician for a routine check-up may also be viewed as a patient.<br />

Nowadays we can mentioned several types of patients.<br />

An outpatient is a patient who is not hospitalized overnight but<br />

who visits a hospital, clinic, or associated facility for diagnosis or<br />

treatment. Treatment provi<strong>de</strong>d in this fashion is called ambulatory care.<br />

Outpatient can be met even in surgery. Outpatient surgery eliminates<br />

inpatient hospital admission, reduces the amount of medication prescribed,<br />

and uses a doctor's time more efficiently. More procedures are now being<br />

performed in a surgeon's office, termed office-based surgery, rather than in<br />

an operating room. Outpatient surgery is suited best for healthy people<br />

55


un<strong>de</strong>rgoing minor or intermediate procedures (limited urologic,<br />

ophthalmologic, or ear, nose, and throat procedures and procedures<br />

involving the extremities).<br />

An inpatient on the other hand is "admitted" to the hospital and<br />

stays overnight or for an in<strong>de</strong>terminate time, usually several days or weeks<br />

(though some cases, like coma patients, have been in hospitals for years).<br />

Due to concerns such as dignity, human rights and political<br />

correctness, the term "patient" is not always used to refer to a person<br />

receiving health care. Other terms that are sometimes used inclu<strong>de</strong> health<br />

consumer, health care consumer or client. These may be used by<br />

governmental agencies, insurance companies, patient groups, or health<br />

care facilities. Individuals who use or have used psychiatric services may<br />

alternatively refer to themselves as consumers, users, or survivors.<br />

In nursing homes and assisted living facilities, the term resi<strong>de</strong>nt is<br />

generally used in lieu of patient, but it is not uncommon for staff members<br />

at such a facility to use the term patient in reference to resi<strong>de</strong>nts. Similarly,<br />

those receiving home health care are called clients.<br />

The term 'virtual patient' is used to <strong>de</strong>scribe interactive computer<br />

simulations used in health care education. Virtual patients allow the<br />

learner to take the role of a health care professional and <strong>de</strong>velop clinical<br />

skills such as making diagnoses and therapeutic <strong>de</strong>cisions The use of<br />

virtual patient programs is increasing in healthcare education, partly in<br />

response to increasing <strong>de</strong>mands on health care professionals and education<br />

of stu<strong>de</strong>nts but also because they allow opportunity for stu<strong>de</strong>nts to practice<br />

in a safe environment. There are many different formats a virtual patient<br />

may take. However the overarching principle is that of interactivity - a<br />

virtual patient will have mechanisms for the learner to interact with the<br />

case and material or information is ma<strong>de</strong> available to the learner as they<br />

complete a range of learning activities.<br />

Medical procedures<br />

A medical procedure is a course of action inten<strong>de</strong>d to achieve a<br />

result in the care of persons with health problems. Medical procedure also<br />

is <strong>de</strong>fine as the act or conduct of diagnosis, treatment, or operation.<br />

Diagnosis (from ancient Greek διάγνωσις = discernment) is the<br />

i<strong>de</strong>ntification of the nature and cause of anything. Diagnosis is used in<br />

many different disciplines. In medicine diagnosis is establishment of the<br />

nature and cause of patient’s illness. A patient typically presents a set of<br />

56


complaints (the symptoms) to the physician, who then obtains further<br />

information about the patient's symptoms, previous state of health, living<br />

conditions, and so forth. The physician then makes a review of systems<br />

(ROS) or systems inquiry, which is a set of or<strong>de</strong>red questions about each<br />

major body system in or<strong>de</strong>r: general (such as weight loss), endocrine,<br />

cardio-respiratory, etc. Next comes the actual physical examination and<br />

often laboratory tests; the findings are recor<strong>de</strong>d, leading to a list of<br />

possible diagnoses. These will be investigated in or<strong>de</strong>r of probability.<br />

Therapy (in Greek: θεραπεία), or treatment, is the attempted<br />

remediation of a health problem, usually following a diagnosis. In the<br />

medical field, it is synonymous with the word "treatment". A supportive<br />

therapy is one that does not treat or improve the un<strong>de</strong>rlying condition, but<br />

instead increases the patient's comfort. Supportive treatment may be<br />

palliative care.<br />

A therapeutic effect is a consequence of a particular treatment<br />

which is judged to be <strong>de</strong>sirable and beneficial. This is true whether the<br />

result was expected, unexpected, or even an uninten<strong>de</strong>d consequence of<br />

the treatment. In talk therapy a therapeutic effect can be brought on by<br />

insight from the client that is caused by the clinician asking thoughtful and<br />

discerning questions regarding the past and/or present moment. Freud's<br />

main purpose in therapy was to make the unconscious conscious.<br />

A treatment treats a problem, and may lead to its cure, but<br />

treatments more often ameliorate a problem only for as long as the<br />

treatment is continued. For example, there is no cure for AIDS, but<br />

treatments are available to slow down the harm done by HIV and <strong>de</strong>lay the<br />

fatality of the disease. Treatments don't always work. For example,<br />

chemotherapy is a treatment for some types of some cancers, which may in<br />

some cases enact a cure, but not in all cases for all cancers.<br />

Cures are a subset of treatments that reverse illnesses completely<br />

or end medical problems permanently. A cure is the end of a medical<br />

condition. The term may refer specifically to a substance or procedure that<br />

ends the medical condition, such as a medication, a surgical operation, a<br />

change in lifestyle, or even a philosophical mindset that helps a person<br />

suffer. It may also refer to the state of being healed, or cured.<br />

The proportion of people with a disease that are cured by a given<br />

treatment, called the cure fraction or cure rate, is <strong>de</strong>termined by<br />

comparing disease-free survival of treated people against a matched<br />

control group that never had the disease. If everyone treated for a disease<br />

57


is cured, then they will all remain disease-free and live as long as any<br />

person that never had the disease.<br />

Inherent in the i<strong>de</strong>a of a cure is the permanent end to the specific<br />

instance of the disease. When a person has the common cold, and then<br />

recovers from it, the person is said to be cured, even though the person<br />

might someday catch another cold. Conversely, a person that has<br />

successfully managed a disease, such as diabetes mellitus, so that it<br />

produces no un<strong>de</strong>sirable symptoms for the moment, but without actually<br />

permanently ending it, is not cured.<br />

Remission is the state of absence of disease activity in patients<br />

with known chronic illness that cannot be cured. It is commonly used to<br />

refer to absence of active cancer or inflammatory bowel disease when<br />

these diseases are expected to manifest again in the future. The term can<br />

be used incorrectly with mental illness when the illness is un<strong>de</strong>r control. A<br />

partial remission may be <strong>de</strong>fined for cancer as 50% or greater reduction in<br />

the measurable parameters of tumor growth as may be found on physical<br />

examination, radiologic study, or by biomarker levels from a blood or<br />

urine test. A complete remission is <strong>de</strong>fined as complete disappearance of<br />

all such manifestations of disease. Each disease or even clinical trial can<br />

have its own <strong>de</strong>finition of a partial remission.<br />

Prevention is another important medical action it is a way to avoid<br />

an injury, sickness, or disease in the first place, and generally it will not<br />

help someone who is already ill (though there are exceptions). For<br />

instance, many babies and young children are vaccinated against polio and<br />

other infectious diseases, which prevent them from contracting polio. But<br />

the vaccination does not work on patients who already have polio. A<br />

treatment or cure is applied after a medical problem has already started.<br />

3.4. The Social Role of Doctors and Patients<br />

The doctor-patient relationship is central to the practice of<br />

healthcare and is essential for the <strong>de</strong>livery of high-quality health care in<br />

the diagnosis and treatment of disease. The quality of the patient-physician<br />

relationship is important to both parties. The better the relationship in<br />

terms of mutual respect, knowledge, trust, shared values and perspectives<br />

about disease and life, and time available, the better will be the amount<br />

and quality of information about the patient's disease transferred in both<br />

directions, enhancing accuracy of diagnosis and increasing the patient's<br />

knowledge about the disease. Where such a relationship is poor the<br />

58


physician's ability to make a full assessment is compromised and the<br />

patient is more likely to distrust the diagnosis and proposed treatment.<br />

Doctor - patient relationship can be analyzed in different manners.<br />

Sociologists conceptualized it in context of social roles. As was exposed<br />

above social role is un<strong>de</strong>rstood as the expected behaviors (including) of<br />

someone with a given position (status) in society towards others with the<br />

same or other status. Accordingly the relation between doctor and patient<br />

is an ensemble of rights and obligations of doctor towards patient as well<br />

as vice versa. The first who <strong>de</strong>fine the doctor-patient relationship in term<br />

of social role was Talcott Parsons (1951). He consi<strong>de</strong>r that the illness is a<br />

form of dysfunctional <strong>de</strong>viance that requires reintegration with the social<br />

organism. Illness, or feigned illness, exemptes people from work and other<br />

responsibilities, and thus is potentially <strong>de</strong>trimental to the social or<strong>de</strong>r if<br />

uncontrolled. Maintaining the social or<strong>de</strong>r required the <strong>de</strong>velopment of a<br />

legitimized "sick role" to control this <strong>de</strong>viance, and make illness a<br />

transitional state back to normal role performance. In Western society,<br />

there are four norms (rights and obligations) governing the functional sick<br />

role.<br />

Rights:<br />

(1) The sick person is exempt from “normal” social roles. An<br />

individual’s illness is grounds for his or her exemption from normal role<br />

performance and social responsibilities. This exemption, however, is<br />

relative to the nature and severity of the illness. The more severe the<br />

illness, the greater the exemption. Exemption requires legitimating by the<br />

physician as the authority on what constitutes sickness. Legitimating<br />

serves the social function of protecting society against malingering<br />

(attempting to remain in the sick role longer than social expectations allow<br />

– usually done to acquire secondary gains, or additional privileges<br />

affor<strong>de</strong>d to ill persons).<br />

(2) The sick person is not responsible for his or her<br />

condition. An individual’s illness is usually thought to be beyond his or<br />

her own control. A morbid condition of the body needs to be changed and<br />

some curative process apart from person will power or motivation is<br />

nee<strong>de</strong>d to get well.<br />

59


Obligations:<br />

(1) The sick person should try to get well. The first two<br />

aspects of the sick role are conditional upon the third aspect, which is<br />

recognition by the sick person that being sick is un<strong>de</strong>sirable. Exemption<br />

from normal responsibilities is temporary and conditional upon the <strong>de</strong>sire<br />

to regain normal health. Thus, the sick person has an obligation to get<br />

well.<br />

(2) The sick person should seek technically competent help<br />

and cooperate with the physician. The obligation to get well involves a<br />

further obligation on the part of the sick person to seek technically<br />

competent help, usually from a physician. The sick person is also expected<br />

to cooperate with the physician in the process of trying to get well.<br />

What are the rights and obligations of physician? The physician's<br />

role is to represent and communicate these norms to the patient to control<br />

their <strong>de</strong>viance. Physicians exemplify the shift to "affect-neutral"<br />

relationships in mo<strong>de</strong>rn society, with physician and patient being protected<br />

by emotional distance. Medical education and social role expectations<br />

impart normative socialization to physicians to act in the interests of the<br />

patient rather than their own material interests, and to be gui<strong>de</strong>d by an<br />

egalitarian universalism rather than a personalized particularism. Because<br />

physicians have mastered a body of technical knowledge, it is functional<br />

for the social or<strong>de</strong>r to allow physicians professional autonomy and<br />

authority, controlled by their socialization and role expectations.<br />

Summarizing we can say that the physician’s role inclu<strong>de</strong>s following<br />

norms:<br />

Rights or privileges:<br />

(1)access to patient’s physical and personal intimacy;<br />

(2)professional autonomy;<br />

(3)professional dominance.<br />

Obligations<br />

(1)Acting for the benefit of patient’s well-being (orientation<br />

towards collective and not personal interest);<br />

(2)Behavior according to professional rules (universality/to treat<br />

all in the same way/ vs. particularity);<br />

(3)Application to a high <strong>de</strong>gree of acquired knowledge and skills<br />

to treatment of disease;<br />

60


(4)Objectivity and emotional neutrality /do not adjudicate the<br />

patient or make them closer than it is requested by the principles of<br />

objectivity/.<br />

Parsons mention the i<strong>de</strong>a of asymmetric physician dominance in<br />

relation with sick person. The features of this dominance are following:<br />

1. Higher status and power;<br />

2. Professional prestige;<br />

3. Situational physician authority, a monopoly over what the<br />

patient wants: since <strong>de</strong>mand exceeds supply;<br />

4. Physician is advantageous because the patient has to come to<br />

him;<br />

5. Situational <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>ncy to receive medical care, the patient has<br />

to consent to condition prescribed by physician.<br />

Thus, the role of doctor is an active but the role of patient is<br />

passive one.<br />

Talcott Parsons have a great contribution in analyses of doctorpatient<br />

relationships as a relation of roles. Firstly because creates an<br />

original conception on it and secondly because his conception stimulates<br />

other sociologists to formulate different approaches to the doctor- patient<br />

relation, essentially via criticism to this original conception. The main<br />

these approaches being exposed below.<br />

Thus, Hafferty (1988) accuses Parson of having been overly<br />

optimistic about the success of physician socialization to universalism and<br />

affective-neutrality. Physicians often react negatively to dying patients,<br />

patients they do not like, and patients they believe are complainers.<br />

Physicians also are subject to personal financial and personal interests in<br />

patient care. Kelly (1987) consi<strong>de</strong>rs that while the basic notion that norms<br />

and social roles influence illness and doctoring has remained robust, there<br />

have been numerous qualifications to the particular elements that Parsons<br />

attributed to the patient-physician role relationship. For instance,<br />

physicians and the public consi<strong>de</strong>r some illnesses in the West and in other<br />

societies to be the responsibility of the ill, such as lung cancer, AIDS and<br />

obesity, making it more difficult for them to be normatively reintegrated<br />

into society. Physicians and other provi<strong>de</strong>rs react less favorably to patients<br />

who are held responsible for their illness than to "innocent" patients.<br />

Another weakness of Parsons' <strong>de</strong>scription is that it was specific to<br />

acute illness, and did not speak to the increasingly prevalent chronic<br />

illnesses and disabilities, a sick role which is permanent and not<br />

61


transitional. Szasz and Hollen<strong>de</strong>r's (1956) work refined Parsons by<br />

elaborating different doctor-patient mo<strong>de</strong>ls arising around different types<br />

of illness:<br />

(1) Patient passivity and physician assertiveness are the most<br />

common reactions to acute illness;<br />

(2) Less acute illness is characterized by physician guidance and<br />

patient cooperation;<br />

(3) Chronic illness is characterized by physicians participating in a<br />

treatment plan where patients had the bulk of the<br />

responsibility to help themselves.<br />

Critics have also shown that there is a great <strong>de</strong>al of inter-cultural<br />

and inter-personal variation in sick roles and norms. The "American" sick<br />

role is not as useful a concept as the more specific "white, Midwestern,<br />

Scandinavian, male" sick role. There is also cross-class variation. Some of<br />

the poor adapt to their lack of access to medical care by becoming<br />

fatalistic, rejecting the necessity of medical treatment, and coming to see<br />

illness and <strong>de</strong>ath as inevitable. On the other hand, the educated classes<br />

have become more assertive in the relationship, rejecting the norm of<br />

passivity in favor of self-diagnosis or negotiated diagnosis. There is also<br />

inter-cultural variation in physician roles, and variation among physicians<br />

in the success of their role socialization. While Parsons' mo<strong>de</strong>l of doctors'<br />

affective neutrality, collective-orientation, and egalitarianism towards<br />

patients did express the professional i<strong>de</strong>al, some physicians are more<br />

affectively neutral than others. Following Parsons' lead, some sociologists<br />

began to focus on the socialization (professionalization) of physicians and<br />

the factors in medical school and resi<strong>de</strong>ncy that facilitated or discouraged<br />

optimal role socialization to doctor-patient relationships.<br />

Thus, Conrad (1989) consi<strong>de</strong>rs that the Parsons’ work generally<br />

took the division of labor in medicine for granted, and painted a more or<br />

less heroic picture of medical self-sacrifice. Beginning to focus on aspects<br />

of the physician role and medical education which themselves militated<br />

against humanistic patient care he suggested that medical schools and<br />

resi<strong>de</strong>ncies socialized physicians into "<strong>de</strong>humanization," and to place<br />

professional i<strong>de</strong>ntity and camara<strong>de</strong>rie before patient advocacy and social<br />

i<strong>de</strong>alism.<br />

James "J." Hughes consi<strong>de</strong>rs that the most important weakness of<br />

Parsons' functionalist account of the doctor-patient relationship arose from<br />

his poor un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of the ecological concepts of dysfunction and niche<br />

62


width. Social structures cannot be assumed to be functional for the social<br />

system simply because they exist, any more than an organic structure, such<br />

as an appendix, can be assumed to be functional for its organism. All that<br />

can be said about a structure, or in this case a role relationship, is that it<br />

has not yet pushed the organism outsi<strong>de</strong> its niche, causing its extinction. In<br />

other words, the study of doctor-patient relationships in one society does<br />

not indicate how many the particular structures and norms of the provi<strong>de</strong>rpatient<br />

relationship are simply the result of historical chance, rather than<br />

necessitated by the nature of illness and healing in industrial society. And<br />

second, such a study does not indicate whether the particular practices and<br />

norms are leading in a dysfunctional direction. A critical sociology of the<br />

doctor-patient relationship thus arose to challenge the internal<br />

contradictions of the Parsonsian biological metaphor: were American<br />

doctors the perfect immune system for society, or had they <strong>de</strong>veloped into<br />

a parasitic growth threatening the health of society?<br />

To the more critical 60's generation of social scientists, inspired by<br />

growing resistance to unjust claims to power, physicians' <strong>de</strong>fense of<br />

professional power and autonomy appeared to be merely self-interested<br />

authoritarianism. Physicians' battle-cry of the sacred nature of the doctorpatient<br />

relationship soun<strong>de</strong>d hollow in their struggles against universal<br />

health insurance. Physicians' high incomes and <strong>de</strong>fense of autonomy<br />

appeared to result in both bad medicine and bad health policy, and<br />

physician's unaccountable power appeared all the more nefarious because<br />

of medicine's intimate invasion of the body.<br />

In this context, Eliot Freidson's work (1961, 1970, 1975, 1986)<br />

crystallized the notion that professional power was more self-interested<br />

than "collectivity-oriented." Freidson saw the doctor-patient relationship<br />

as a bargained interface between a professional system and a lay system,<br />

each with its own interests and hence with the high potentiality of conflict.<br />

Freidson's approach to the sick role went beyond Parsons to assert that<br />

doctors create the legitimate categories of illness. Professionalization<br />

grants physicians a monopoly on the <strong>de</strong>finition of health and illness, and<br />

they use this power over diagnosis to extend their control. This control<br />

extends beyond the claim to technical proficiency in medicine, to claims of<br />

authority over the organization and financing of health care, areas which<br />

have little to do with their training.<br />

63


All these approaches mentioned above criticizing Parson’s vision,<br />

have expose the weaknesses of the relationship in concern but also suggest<br />

a historical evolution in patient and physician relation.<br />

The history of medicine has witnessed a gradual erosion of the<br />

physician's time-honored role as all-knowing healer. Whether physicians<br />

were experts in their fields, self-taught folk healers, or complete quacks,<br />

the doctor's words, for generations, were accepted as correct, complete,<br />

final, and to be obeyed. In<strong>de</strong>ed, the language of the 1847 Co<strong>de</strong> of Medical<br />

Ethics of the American Medical Association, titled "Obligations of<br />

Patients to Their Physicians", endorsed this paradigm: “The obedience of a<br />

patient to the prescriptions of his physician should be prompt and implicit.<br />

He should never permit his own cru<strong>de</strong> opinions as to their fitness, to<br />

influence his attention to them. A failure in one particular may ren<strong>de</strong>r an<br />

otherwise judicious treatment dangerous, and even fatal”.<br />

The patient was treated like a child; innocent, unschooled, and too<br />

simple to know how to take care of himself or herself. This wise fathersimple<br />

child relationship led to an inherently paternalistic mo<strong>de</strong>l of the<br />

physician-patient relationship.<br />

But while science and technology have filled medical books with<br />

more and more treatment options and diseases are better un<strong>de</strong>rstood, the<br />

instantaneous dissemination of news around the world has simultaneously<br />

ren<strong>de</strong>red the public hyper-aware of the new capabilities of medicine. As a<br />

result, patients have shifted from approaching physicians with hope and<br />

faith to approaching them with high expectations of precision, of speed, of<br />

a virtual superstore of treatment options.<br />

Patients have taken the reins of health care with both hands. They<br />

come to doctor's offices armed with reams of printouts from health Web<br />

sites. They specifically request medicines or treatments advertised in<br />

popular magazines, on television, and on the Internet. In response to this<br />

type of informed (though sometimes misinformed) patient, many<br />

physicians have come to grant a greater level of autonomy or shared<br />

<strong>de</strong>cision making to all the patients in their practices.<br />

A turning point in the shift from physician paternalism to respect<br />

for patient autonomy was the requirement for the patient's informed<br />

consent to treatment. The concept of informed consent did not exist in<br />

writings on Egyptian, Greek, or Roman medicine. In<strong>de</strong>ed, the phrase<br />

"informed consent" was not used until the 1950s. The notion of "consent<br />

to treatment" was a consequence of the Nuremberg Trials that later<br />

64


ecame enshrined in the research and treatment co<strong>de</strong>s of <strong>de</strong>mocratic<br />

nations.<br />

There have been major changes in the doctor-patient relationship<br />

over the past <strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong>s; both from patients' and doctors' point of view. There<br />

is, in<strong>de</strong>ed, some evi<strong>de</strong>nce that changes in society and health care have<br />

resulted in real changes in what people expect from their doctors and in<br />

how doctors view patients. Many patients want more information than they<br />

are given. Many also say that they want to take an active part in <strong>de</strong>cisions<br />

about their treatment, in the light of its chances of success and any si<strong>de</strong><br />

effects. Concepts like 'patient empowerment', 'informed consent', 'shared<br />

<strong>de</strong>cision making' and 'consumerism' have been introduced to label this<br />

transformation of the patient role from that of passive <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>ncy to<br />

active autonomy. According to the literature, the traditional paternalistic<br />

mo<strong>de</strong>l is no longer the only, nor the preferred doctor-patient relationship<br />

mo<strong>de</strong>l. There is a wi<strong>de</strong> consensus that a mo<strong>de</strong>l based on a more equal<br />

doctor-patient relationship is both beneficial for patients and more in<br />

keeping with current ethical views.<br />

Today, most procedures in a hospital are prece<strong>de</strong>d by explanations<br />

and discussions at the patient's bedsi<strong>de</strong> that make clear all the risks and<br />

benefits of the procedure. The consent conversation must be conducted by<br />

an MD, and the patient must be able to un<strong>de</strong>rstand what he or she is being<br />

asked to agree to.<br />

Reflecting the importance of informed consent in mo<strong>de</strong>rn health<br />

care, an opinion from the current AMA Co<strong>de</strong> of Ethics, on "Fundamental<br />

Elements of the Patient-Physician Relationship" states: "The patient has<br />

the right to make <strong>de</strong>cisions regarding the health care that is recommen<strong>de</strong>d<br />

by his or her physician. Accordingly, patients may accept or refuse any<br />

recommen<strong>de</strong>d medical treatment".<br />

As a physician, the doctor-patient relationship greatly impacts the<br />

approach to education, motivation, and negotiation of treatment plans. In<br />

literature are <strong>de</strong>scribed the following four mo<strong>de</strong>ls of the physician-patient<br />

relationship:<br />

Paternalistic - The physician is parental, recommending what<br />

he/she feels is best for the patient. The patient chooses whether or not to<br />

follow the recommendations.<br />

Informative - This is a "consumer" mo<strong>de</strong>l of care. The<br />

physician provi<strong>de</strong>s information about all available treatment choices in as<br />

65


accurate and as unbiased a manner as possible. The patient chooses from<br />

the available options.<br />

Interpretive - In this mo<strong>de</strong>l, the patient is not expected to<br />

simply choose among available options because he/she lacks medical<br />

training. Instead, the physician tries to un<strong>de</strong>rstand or interpret the patient’s<br />

general values and preferences. The physician then recommends the<br />

treatment option which is most consistent with the patient’s values.<br />

Deliberative - In this mo<strong>de</strong>l, part of the physician’s role is to<br />

promote health by influencing the patient’s health-related choices, using<br />

non-coercive approaches to motivate the patient.<br />

All these mo<strong>de</strong>l of doctor- patient interaction occur within the<br />

limits of professional sets of norms <strong>de</strong>signed to gui<strong>de</strong> the behavior in<br />

medical context. One of such a set of norm is A U.S. Patient's Bill of<br />

Rights is a statement of the rights to which patients are entitled as<br />

recipients of medical care. Typically, a statement articulates the positive<br />

rights which doctors and hospitals ought to provi<strong>de</strong> patients, thereby<br />

providing information, offering fair treatment, and granting them<br />

autonomy over medical <strong>de</strong>cisions.<br />

Shrewsbury Surgery Center PATIENT BILL OF RIGHTS<br />

1.Information Disclosure. Consumers have the right to receive<br />

accurate, easily un<strong>de</strong>rstood information and some require assistance in<br />

making informed health care <strong>de</strong>cisions about their health plans,<br />

professionals, and facilities.<br />

2.Choice of Provi<strong>de</strong>rs and Plans. Consumers have the right to a<br />

choice of health care provi<strong>de</strong>rs that is sufficient to ensure access to<br />

appropriate high-quality health care.<br />

3.Access to Emergency Services. Consumers have the right to<br />

access emergency health care services when and where the need arises.<br />

Health plans should provi<strong>de</strong> payment when a consumer presents to an<br />

emergency <strong>de</strong>partment with acute symptoms of sufficient severity -including<br />

severe pain -- such that a "pru<strong>de</strong>nt layperson" could reasonably<br />

expect the absence of medical attention to result in placing that<br />

consumer's health in serious jeopardy, serious impairment to bodily<br />

functions, or serious dysfunction of any bodily organ or part.<br />

4.Participation in Treatment Decisions. Consumers have the right<br />

and responsibility to fully participate in all <strong>de</strong>cisions related to their<br />

health care. Consumers who are unable to fully participate in treatment<br />

66


<strong>de</strong>cisions have the right to be represented by parents, guardians, family<br />

members, or other conservators.<br />

5.Respect and Nondiscrimination. Consumers have the right to<br />

consi<strong>de</strong>rate, respectful care from all members of the health care system at<br />

all times and un<strong>de</strong>r all circumstances. An environment of mutual respect is<br />

essential to maintain a quality health care system.<br />

6.Confi<strong>de</strong>ntiality of Health Information. Consumers have the<br />

right to communicate with health care provi<strong>de</strong>rs in confi<strong>de</strong>nce and to have<br />

the confi<strong>de</strong>ntiality of their individually i<strong>de</strong>ntifiable health care information<br />

protected. Consumers also have the right to review and copy their own<br />

medical records and request amendments to their records.<br />

7.Complaints and Appeals. All consumers have the right to a fair<br />

and efficient process for resolving differences with their health plans,<br />

health care provi<strong>de</strong>rs, and the institutions that serve them, including a<br />

rigorous system of internal review and an in<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt system of external<br />

review.<br />

8.Consumer Responsibilities. In a health care system that protects<br />

consumers' rights, it is reasonable to expect and encourage consumers to<br />

assume reasonable responsibilities. Greater individual involvement by<br />

consumers in their care increases the likelihood of achieving the best<br />

outcomes and helps support a quality improvement, cost-conscious<br />

environment.<br />

3.5. Deviations from the Role Obligations in the Doctor-Patient<br />

Relationship<br />

As was mention above one basic obligation of physician is to<br />

behave in the best interest of patient while the last is to find the most<br />

qualitative health aid. Medical practice exposes the significant <strong>de</strong>viation<br />

from these obligations via medical malpractice and patient selfmedication.<br />

Medical malpractice is professional negligence by act or omission<br />

by a health care provi<strong>de</strong>r in which care provi<strong>de</strong>d <strong>de</strong>viates from accepted<br />

standards of practice in the medical community and causes injury to the<br />

patient. Standards and regulations for medical malpractice vary by country<br />

and jurisdiction within countries. Most medical malpractice actions are<br />

filed against doctors who have failed to use reasonable care to treat a<br />

patient. But the legal concept of medical malpractice is not limited to the<br />

conduct of medical doctors, but applies also to nurses, anesthesiologists,<br />

67


health care facilities, pharmaceutical companies, and others that provi<strong>de</strong><br />

health care services. Common types of medical malpractice, including bad<br />

diagnosis, sub-standard care, lack of "informed consent", as well as breach<br />

of doctor-patient confi<strong>de</strong>ntiality. Cases of medical malpractice usaly are<br />

brought in court.<br />

When someone consi<strong>de</strong>rs that was injured in medical care context<br />

he addresses to lawsuit, whose goal to pay him back if a doctor injures<br />

him. For a successful medical malpractice claim a plaintiff must establish<br />

the elements of the tort of negligence. These are as follow:<br />

1.A duty was owed: a legal duty exists whenever a hospital or health<br />

care provi<strong>de</strong>r un<strong>de</strong>rtakes care or treatment of a patient.<br />

2.A duty was breached: the provi<strong>de</strong>r failed to conform to the<br />

relevant standard of care. The standard of care is proved by expert<br />

testimony or by obvious errors.<br />

3.The breach caused an injury: The breach of duty was a proximate<br />

cause of the injury.<br />

4.Damages: Without damages (losses which may be pecuniary or<br />

emotional), there is no basis for a claim, regardless of whether the medical<br />

provi<strong>de</strong>r was negligent. Likewise, damages can occur without negligence,<br />

for example, when someone dies from a fatal disease.<br />

The plaintiff's damages may inclu<strong>de</strong> compensatory and punitive<br />

damages. Compensatory damages are both economic and non-economic.<br />

Economic damages inclu<strong>de</strong> financial losses such as lost wages (sometimes<br />

called lost earning capacity), medical expenses and life care expenses.<br />

These damages may be assessed for past and future losses. Non-economic<br />

damages are assessed for the injury itself: physical and psychological<br />

harm, such as loss of vision, loss of a limb or organ, the reduced<br />

enjoyment of life due to a disability or loss of a loved one, severe pain and<br />

emotional distress. Punitive damages are only awar<strong>de</strong>d in the event of<br />

wanton and reckless conduct. Malpractice lawsuits are time consuming<br />

and costly for doctors, even if the doctor is insured or wins the case. Thus,<br />

medical professionals are required to maintain professional liability<br />

insurance to offset the risk and costs of lawsuits based on medical<br />

malpractice. The fear of malpractice is meant to keep doctors from making<br />

medical mistakes and from acting carelessly. In this way, the law can<br />

control the quality of health care. Malpractice puts the responsibility on<br />

doctors to act in a way that will not result in an injury to you. If doctors are<br />

68


forced to pay for the costs of their medical mistakes, they will be more<br />

careful to make sure that mistakes do not happen in the first place.<br />

Confi<strong>de</strong>ntiality violation as a form of malpractice<br />

The ethical principle of confi<strong>de</strong>ntiality requires that information<br />

shared by the client with the therapist in the course of treatment is not<br />

shared with others. This is important for the therapeutic alliance, as it<br />

promotes an environment of trust. However, there are important<br />

exceptions to confi<strong>de</strong>ntiality, namely where it conflicts with the clinician's<br />

duty to warn or duty to protect. This inclu<strong>de</strong>s instances of suicidal or<br />

homicidal i<strong>de</strong>ation, child abuse, el<strong>de</strong>r abuse and <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt adult abuse.<br />

Confi<strong>de</strong>ntiality shows a respect for an individual's autonomy and<br />

their right to control the information relating to their own health. In<br />

keeping information about the patient secret the doctor is acting<br />

beneficently. Disclosing information without the patient's consent can<br />

damage the patient. For instance if a doctor were to reveal privileged<br />

information about a celebrity patient to the newspapers then this would be<br />

the very reverse of beneficent i.e. maleficent.<br />

Drug misuse<br />

Drug misuse is a term used commonly for prescription<br />

medications with clinical efficacy but abuse potential and known adverse<br />

effects linked to improper use, such as psychiatric medications with<br />

sedative, anxiolytic, analgesic, or stimulant properties. Prescription misuse<br />

has been variably and inconsistently <strong>de</strong>fined based on drug prescription<br />

status, the uses that occur without a prescription, intentional use to achieve<br />

intoxicating effects, route of administration, co-ingestion with alcohol, and<br />

the presence or absence of abuse or <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce symptoms. Tolerance<br />

relates to the pharmacological property of substances in which chronic use<br />

leads to a change in the central nervous system, meaning that more of the<br />

substance is nee<strong>de</strong>d in or<strong>de</strong>r to produce <strong>de</strong>sired effects. Stopping or<br />

reducing the use of this substance would cause withdrawal symptoms to<br />

occur.<br />

Self-medication<br />

It is a term used to <strong>de</strong>scribe the use of drugs other self-soothing<br />

forms of behavior to treat untreated and often undiagnosed distress. Every<br />

day, everywhere, consumers reach for self-care products to help them<br />

through their common health problems. They do so because it may be<br />

easier for them, it may be more cost or time efficient, they may not feel<br />

their situation merits making an appointment with a healthcare<br />

69


professional, or they may have few or no other options. Self medication<br />

can be very dangerous for the health of people, because of <strong>de</strong>laying of<br />

professional aid, addiction, adverse effects of substance consumed. In<br />

condition when there is evi<strong>de</strong>nce that consumer can and do practice selfmedication,<br />

which can be harmful, the obligation of governments is to<br />

elaborate a responsible framework for self-medication.<br />

In this circumstance The World Medical Association (WMA) has<br />

<strong>de</strong>veloped the statement to provi<strong>de</strong> guidance to physicians and their<br />

patients regarding responsible self-medication. This statement is adopted<br />

by the 53rd WMA General Assembly, Washington, DC, USA, October<br />

2002.<br />

1. Distinction between Self-Medication and Prescription<br />

Medicines<br />

a. Medicinal products can generally be divi<strong>de</strong>d into two separate<br />

categories: prescription and non-prescription medicines. This classification<br />

may differ from country to country. The national authorities must assure<br />

that medicines, categorized as non-prescription medicines, are sufficiently<br />

safe not to be harmful to health.<br />

b. Prescription medicines are those which are only available to<br />

individuals on prescription from a physician following a consultation.<br />

Prescription medicines are not safe for use except un<strong>de</strong>r the supervision of<br />

a physician because of toxicity, other potential or harmful effects (e.g.<br />

addictiveness), the method of use, or the collateral measures necessary for<br />

use.<br />

c. Responsible self-medication, as used in this document, is the<br />

use of a registered or monographed medicine legally available without a<br />

physician’s prescription, either on an individual’s own initiative or<br />

following advice of a healthcare professional. The use of prescription<br />

medicines without a prior medical prescription is not part of responsible<br />

self-medication.<br />

d. The safety, efficacy and quality of non-prescription medicines<br />

must be proved according to the same principles as prescription medicines.<br />

2. Use of Self-Medication in conjunction with Prescription<br />

Medication<br />

A course of treatment may combine self-medication and<br />

prescription medication, either concurrently or sequentially. The patient<br />

must be informed about possible interactions between prescription<br />

medicines and non-prescription medicines. For this reason the patient<br />

70


should be encouraged to inform the physician about his / her selfmedication.<br />

3. Roles & Responsibilities in Self-Medication<br />

a. In self-medication the individual bears primary responsibility<br />

for the use of self-medication products. Special caution must be exercised<br />

when vulnerable groups such as children, el<strong>de</strong>rly people or pregnant<br />

women use self-medication.<br />

b. If individuals choose to use self-medication, they should be<br />

able:<br />

i. to recognize the symptoms they are treating;<br />

ii. to <strong>de</strong>termine that their condition is suitable for self-medication;<br />

iii. to choose an appropriate self-medication product;<br />

iv. to follow the directions for use of the product as provi<strong>de</strong>d in the<br />

product labelling.<br />

c. In or<strong>de</strong>r to limit the potential risks involved in self-medication<br />

it is important that all health professionals who look after patients should<br />

provi<strong>de</strong>:<br />

i. Education regarding the non-prescription medicine and its<br />

appropriate use, and instructions to seek further advice from a physician if<br />

they are unsure. This is particularly important where self-medication is<br />

inappropriate for certain conditions the patient may suffer from;<br />

ii. Encouragement to read carefully a product’s label and leaflet (if<br />

provi<strong>de</strong>d), to seek further advice if necessary, and to recognize<br />

circumstances in which self-medication is not, or is no longer, appropriate.<br />

d. All parties involved in self-medication should be aware of the<br />

benefits and risks of any self-medication product. The benefit-risk balance<br />

should be communicated in a fair, rational manner without<br />

overemphasizing either the risks or the benefits.<br />

e. Manufacturers in particular are obliged to follow the various<br />

co<strong>de</strong>s or regulations already in place to ensure that information provi<strong>de</strong>d to<br />

consumers is appropriate in style and content. This refers in particular to<br />

the labelling, advertising and all notices concerning non-prescription<br />

medicines.<br />

f. The pharmacist has a professional responsibility to recommend,<br />

in appropriate circumstances, that medical advice be sought.<br />

4. Role of Governments in Self-Medication<br />

Governments should recognize and enforce the distinction<br />

between prescription and non-prescription medicines, and ensure that the<br />

71


users of self-medication are well informed and protected from possible<br />

harm or negative long-term effects.<br />

5. The Promotion and Marketing of Self-Medication Products<br />

a. Advertising and marketing of non-prescription medicines<br />

should be responsible, provi<strong>de</strong> clear and accurate information and exhibit a<br />

fair balance between benefit and risk information. Promotion and<br />

marketing should not encourage irresponsible self-medication, purchase of<br />

medicines that are inappropriate, or purchases of larger quantities of<br />

medicines than are necessary.<br />

b. People must be encouraged to treat medicines (prescription and<br />

non-prescription) as special products and that standard precautions should<br />

be followed in terms of safe storage and usage, in accordance with<br />

professional advice.<br />

► Exercises and Discussions:<br />

1. What is society?<br />

2. What is the structure of human society? Describe its elements.<br />

3. Define the terms social status and role. What is difference<br />

between them?<br />

4. What are Role obligations and rights of physician and patient?<br />

5. Listed the forms of role obligations’ <strong>de</strong>viation.<br />

6. Find and <strong>de</strong>scribe the case of medical malpractice.<br />

7. What is self medication? What risk it implies?<br />

► Recommen<strong>de</strong>d Essays<br />

1. Health and Social Class<br />

2. Social factors influencing human health.<br />

3. Self medication or addiction?<br />

► Literature:<br />

1. Parsons Talcott. Social System. Routledge, 1991.<br />

2. Blum R. H. The Management of the Doctor-Patient<br />

Relationship. McGraw-Hill, 1960.<br />

3. An<strong>de</strong>rson Richard E. Medical malpractice: a physician's<br />

sourcebook. Humana Press, 2005.<br />

72


4.1. What is Communication?<br />

73<br />

Chapter 4<br />

Communication: Definitions and Functions<br />

Without knowing the force of words<br />

it is impossible to know men.<br />

Confucius<br />

Communication has existed since the beginning of human beings,<br />

but it was not until the 20th century that people began to study the process.<br />

When World War I en<strong>de</strong>d, the interest in studying communication<br />

intensified as communication technologies <strong>de</strong>veloped and the socialscience<br />

study was fully recognized as a legitimate discipline. During the<br />

last <strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong>, the outpouring of scientific research on human communication<br />

has increased at a staggering rate. This burst of research activity is due to<br />

the ever-wi<strong>de</strong>ning usage of the term "communication" and to a <strong>de</strong>claration<br />

of vested interest in communication research by numerous scientific<br />

disciplines. One review of <strong>de</strong>velopments in the field lists more than twenty<br />

aca<strong>de</strong>mic disciplines which currently provi<strong>de</strong> content and method for<br />

research on some phase of human interaction. This increase in<br />

communication research or studies reveals that communication is central<br />

to the human experience and life. The interest of many discipline in<br />

communication studies also reveal that communication is not so univocal<br />

or obvious subject.<br />

What is communication? The word communication <strong>de</strong>rived from<br />

Latin communis – common and communication - to give and make<br />

something common. Beginning from these original meaning of Latin<br />

words different modalities of <strong>de</strong>fining or explaining communication were<br />

elaborated. Each of modality emphasizes one aspect of communication as<br />

phenomenon. Thus, communication can be <strong>de</strong>fined as speech,<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding, social process, reduction of uncertainties, transmission,<br />

commonality, behavior modifying response, power etc.<br />

Communication as speech: “Communication is the verbal<br />

interchange of thought or i<strong>de</strong>a” (Hoben, 1954).


Communication as un<strong>de</strong>rstanding: “Communication is the process<br />

by which we un<strong>de</strong>rstand others and in turn en<strong>de</strong>avor to be un<strong>de</strong>rstood by<br />

them. It is dynamic, constantly changing and shifting in response to the<br />

total situation” (An<strong>de</strong>rson, 1959).<br />

Communication as social process: “Interaction, even on the<br />

biological level, is a kind of communication; otherwise common acts could<br />

not occur” (Mead, reprinted 1963).<br />

Communication as reduction of uncertainties: “Communication<br />

arises out of the need to reduce uncertainty, to act effectively, to <strong>de</strong>fend or<br />

strengthen the ego” (Barnlund, 1964).<br />

Communication as transfer, transmission: “The connecting thread<br />

appears to be the i<strong>de</strong>a of something’s being transferred from one thing, or<br />

person, to another. We use the word ‘communication’ sometimes to refer<br />

to what is so transferred, sometimes to the means, by which it is<br />

transferred, sometimes to the whole process. In many cases, what is<br />

transferred in this way continues to be shared; if I convey information to<br />

another person, it does not leave my own possession through coming into<br />

his. Accordingly, the word ‘communication’ acquires also the sense of<br />

participation. It is, in this sense, for example, that religious worshipers are<br />

said to communicate” (Ayer, 1955).<br />

Communication as commonality: “It (communication) is a process<br />

that makes common to two or several what was the monopoly of one or<br />

some” (Go<strong>de</strong>, 1959).<br />

Communication as Discriminative Response/Behavior Modifying<br />

Response: “Communication is the discriminatory response of an organism<br />

to a stimulus” (Stevens, 1950).<br />

Communication as intention: “In the main, communication has as its<br />

central interest those behavioral situations in which a source transmits a<br />

message to a receiver(s) with conscious intent to affect the latter’s<br />

behaviors” (Miller, 1966).<br />

Communication as power: “Communication is the mechanism by<br />

which power is exerted” (Schacter, 1951).<br />

Communication as a process:” Communication can be <strong>de</strong>fine as a<br />

process of conveying information from a sen<strong>de</strong>r to a receiver with the use<br />

of a medium in which the communicated information is un<strong>de</strong>rstood the<br />

same way by both sen<strong>de</strong>r and receiver” (Shannon, 1963).<br />

74


As can be seen human communication is un<strong>de</strong>rstood in various<br />

manners. This diversity is the result of communication complexity as well<br />

as its being a subject - matter of a very broad constituency of disciplines<br />

that inclu<strong>de</strong>s Rhetoric, Journalism, Sociology, Psychology, Anthropology,<br />

and Semiotics, and others. Because many fields of study <strong>de</strong>dicate a portion<br />

of attention to communication, when speaking about communication it is<br />

very important to be sure about what aspects of communication one is<br />

speaking about.<br />

Nevertheless beyond the diversity in un<strong>de</strong>rstand or <strong>de</strong>fining of<br />

communication there are some common accepted things. All of humans<br />

communicate. Communication occurs to all areas of life: home, school,<br />

community, work, and beyond. Communication inclu<strong>de</strong>s acts or interacts<br />

that confer knowledge and experiences, share emotion, give advice and<br />

commands, and ask questions. Communication requires a vast repertoire<br />

of skills in intrapersonal and interpersonal processing such as listening,<br />

observing, speaking, questioning, analyzing, and evaluating.<br />

Communication requires skills in utilization of technique of encoding and<br />

<strong>de</strong>coding, that is grammatical rules but also knowledge about culture,<br />

habits, behavioral rules etc. Communication requires physical and<br />

psychological capability to send and receive information, because the<br />

efficiency in information interchanging <strong>de</strong>pends in many respects on such<br />

factor as anxiety, fatigue, boring, annoyance, and interest. Human<br />

communication happened at many levels (i.e. verbal, nonverbal, paraverbal,<br />

extra-verbal) take many forms (i.e. intrapersonal, interpersonal,<br />

social mediated), in one of the various manners (i.e. verbal presentation,<br />

letter, through movements, sounds, reactions, physical changes, gestures,<br />

languages, breath, etc).<br />

4.2. The Communication Process<br />

In or<strong>de</strong>r to clarify what is communication and how does it occur<br />

were created a lot of theoretical mo<strong>de</strong>ls of communication. The Shannon–<br />

Weaver mo<strong>de</strong>l of communication has been called the "mother of all<br />

mo<strong>de</strong>ls”. This mo<strong>de</strong>l was wi<strong>de</strong>ly adopted into the social science fields,<br />

such as education, organizational analysis, psychology, etc.<br />

Shannon–Weaver mo<strong>de</strong>l of communication<br />

In 1949, the American engineer Shannon elaborated this mo<strong>de</strong>l<br />

with intention to explain what basically happens in communication. He<br />

75


<strong>de</strong>veloped his i<strong>de</strong>as in a 1963 book with Warren Weaver titled The<br />

Mathematical Theory of Communication.<br />

Information<br />

Source Transmiter Receiver Destination<br />

Signal Recevied<br />

Message Signal Message<br />

Noise<br />

Source<br />

Shannon's diagram of a general communication system.<br />

Here are laid out the basic elements of communication as they were<br />

<strong>de</strong>veloped by Shannon and others:<br />

1. Source, emissor, sen<strong>de</strong>r (by whom the information is conveyed?).<br />

When we speak, write, smile, and make gesture we are in the posture of<br />

sen<strong>de</strong>r. Information source produces a message or sequence of messages to be<br />

communicated to the receiving terminal.<br />

2. Message (what types of things and in what form are<br />

communicated?). Message is information which is sent from a source to a<br />

receiver. It may be any thought expressed in a language, prepared in a form<br />

suitable for transmission by any means of communication. In communication<br />

between humans, messages can be verbal or nonverbal:<br />

A verbal message is an exchange of information using words.<br />

Examples inclu<strong>de</strong> face-to-face communication, telephone calls, voicemails,<br />

etc. A nonverbal message is communicated through actions or behaviors<br />

rather than words. Examples inclu<strong>de</strong> the use of body language.<br />

3. Encoding is a process of message production. To codify means to<br />

translate our i<strong>de</strong>as, attitu<strong>de</strong>s, emotions into language. Language may be<br />

spoken and written (i.e. sounds and words). Also there are paralanguage (for<br />

instance tone of voice, quality of voice, rhythm and intonation), and body<br />

language (for instance posture and gesture).<br />

4. Transmitter operates on the message in some way to produce<br />

a signal suitable for transmission over the channel. In telephony this<br />

operation consists merely of changing sound pressure into a proportional<br />

76


electrical current. In telegraphy we have an encoding operation which<br />

produces a sequence of dots, dashes and spaces on the channel<br />

corresponding to the message.<br />

5. Decoding is the opposite process. Sen<strong>de</strong>r is in this context the<br />

enco<strong>de</strong>r, but receiver is the <strong>de</strong>co<strong>de</strong>r. A co<strong>de</strong> is a rule for converting a piece<br />

of information (for example, a letter, word or gesture) into another form or<br />

representation (one sign into another sign), not necessarily of the same<br />

type. Cod may also be <strong>de</strong>fined as a system of sign and symbols in<br />

communication.<br />

6. The channel (through which medium is communication<br />

realized?) is merely the medium used to transmit the signal from<br />

transmitter to receiver. It may be a pair of wires, a coaxial cable, a beam of<br />

light, etc. Channel, in communications, refers to the medium used to<br />

convey information from a sen<strong>de</strong>r (or transmitter) to a receiver. It may be<br />

for instance air in case of face-to-face communication, or telephone cable<br />

in case of message telephonically sent.<br />

7. Context (in what condition is communication realized?) refers<br />

to the interrelated conditions of communication. It consists of everything<br />

that is not in the message, but on which the message relies in or<strong>de</strong>r to have<br />

its inten<strong>de</strong>d meaning. Context has several dimensions:<br />

- Space (the physical place where the communication occurs).<br />

- Time (that is hour, day, season when communication occurs)<br />

- Social dimension (for example: relations between participants,<br />

their assumed role).<br />

- Psychological dimension (for instance official or nonofficial<br />

character of communication; presence or absence of hostility in<br />

communication).<br />

8. Communication noisy is <strong>de</strong>fined as all factors which impe<strong>de</strong><br />

communication. Shannon in his conception of communication argued that<br />

the input, or inten<strong>de</strong>d message, is sent by a sen<strong>de</strong>r via a channel. The<br />

message received becomes the output. Input and output may differ<br />

substantially as a channel is usually exposed to circumstances that may<br />

alter its inten<strong>de</strong>d quality of transmission. For instance, the channel of a<br />

telephone communication line is usually impaired with noise, which in<br />

turn affects the outcome, i.e. output, of the message. Reiterating in<br />

category of “noisy” as usual are inclu<strong>de</strong>d not only physical technical<br />

impediments of communication but all type of communicative barriers.<br />

These may be difficulties in intercultural communication, <strong>de</strong>fective<br />

77


perception, unclear message, social stress etc. There are many examples of<br />

noise:<br />

Environmental noise: Noise that physically disrupts<br />

communication, such as standing next to loud speakers at a party, or the<br />

noise from a construction site next to a classroom making it difficult to<br />

hear the professor.<br />

Physiological-Impairment noise: Physical maladies that prevent<br />

effective communication, such as actual <strong>de</strong>afness or blindness preventing<br />

messages from being received as they were inten<strong>de</strong>d.<br />

Semantic noise: Different interpretations of the meanings of<br />

certain words. For example, the word "weed" can be interpreted as an<br />

un<strong>de</strong>sirable plant in your yard, or as a euphemism for marijuana.<br />

Syntactical noise: Mistakes in grammar can disrupt<br />

communication, such as abrupt changes in verb tense during a sentence.<br />

Organizational noise: Poorly structured communication can<br />

prevent the receiver from accurate interpretation. For example, unclear and<br />

badly stated directions can make the receiver even more lost.<br />

Cultural noise: Stereotypical assumptions can cause<br />

misun<strong>de</strong>rstandings, such as unintentionally offending a non-Christian<br />

person by wishing them a "Merry Christmas".<br />

Psychological noise: Certain attitu<strong>de</strong>s can also make<br />

communication difficult. For instance, great anger or sadness may cause<br />

someone to lose focus on the present moment. Disor<strong>de</strong>rs such as Autism<br />

may also severely hamper effective communication.<br />

9. Destination, receiver, target (whom is message conveyed to?)<br />

person (or thing) for whom the message is inten<strong>de</strong>d. When we listen, read,<br />

look at we are in posture of receiver. Receiver may be oneself and in this<br />

case we say that occurs intrapersonal communication, may be another<br />

person and in this case we have interpersonal communication, may be a<br />

group of persons and when we can say that happens intercultural<br />

communication.<br />

10. Feedback is <strong>de</strong>fine as a mechanism, process or signal that is<br />

looped back to control a system within itself. The purpose of feedback is<br />

to alter messages so the intention of the original communicator is<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstood by the second communicator. It inclu<strong>de</strong>s verbal (i.e.<br />

paraphrasing) and nonverbal (i.e. nodding your head to show agreement,)<br />

responses to another person's message. Carl Rogers listed five main<br />

78


categories of feedback. They are listed in the or<strong>de</strong>r in which they occur<br />

most frequently in daily conversations.<br />

o Evaluative: Making a judgment about the worth, goodness, or<br />

appropriateness of the other person's statement.<br />

o Interpretive: Paraphrasing - attempting to explain what the other<br />

person's statement means.<br />

o Supportive: Attempting to assist or bolster the other<br />

communicator.<br />

o Probing: Attempting to gain additional information, continue the<br />

discussion, or clarify a point.<br />

o Un<strong>de</strong>rstanding: Attempting to discover completely what the<br />

other communicator means by her statements.<br />

4.3. Communication Functions<br />

What we are communicating for? There are many significant and<br />

much elaborated answers to this interrogation. In what proceed will be<br />

exposed the most famous of them, that introduced by the Russian-<br />

American linguist, Roman Jakobson (1960).<br />

Jakobson distinguishes six communication functions, each<br />

associated with a dimension of the communication process: context,<br />

message, sen<strong>de</strong>r, receiver, channel, co<strong>de</strong>. Jakobson allocates a<br />

communicative function to each of the components.<br />

The referential function refers to the context. Here we have the<br />

function emphasizing that communication is always <strong>de</strong>aling with<br />

something contextual, referential (the dominant function in a message like<br />

'Water boils at 100 <strong>de</strong>grees'). The referential function of communication is<br />

illustrated via the words: this, that, those etc.<br />

The poetic function is allocated to the message and puts 'the focus<br />

on the message for its own sake'. Messages convey more than just the<br />

content. They always contain a creative 'touch' of our own. These<br />

additions have no purpose other than to make the message "nicer".<br />

Rhetorical figures, pitch or loudness are some aspects of the poetic<br />

function.<br />

The emotive function focuses on the sen<strong>de</strong>r, as in the interjections<br />

'Bah!' and 'Oh!'. The sen<strong>de</strong>r's own attitu<strong>de</strong> towards the content of the<br />

message is emphasized. Examples are emphatic speech or interjections<br />

(exclamation).<br />

79


The conative function is allocated to the addressee (imperatives<br />

and apostrophes). It is directed towards the addressee. One example is the<br />

vocative or appellative, imperative, interrogation.<br />

The phatic function helps to establish contact, prolong or<br />

discontinue communication and refers to the channel of communication.<br />

Some of these utterances only serve to maintain contact between two<br />

speakers, for instance via repetition, or confirm whether the contact is still<br />

there (as in 'Hello?').<br />

The metalinguistic function <strong>de</strong>als with the co<strong>de</strong> itself; is used to<br />

establish mutual agreement on the co<strong>de</strong>. This is the function of language<br />

about language (for example, a <strong>de</strong>finition). This whole rea<strong>de</strong>r is an<br />

example of metalanguage. We use it to examine the co<strong>de</strong>. The<br />

metalinguistic function is also predominant in questions like "Sorry, what<br />

did you say?" where the co<strong>de</strong> is misun<strong>de</strong>rstood and needs correction or<br />

clarification.<br />

Naturally, several functions may be active simultaneously in<br />

utterances. To find out which function predominates requires analysis. In a<br />

proper analysis, we start by <strong>de</strong>termining whether each of the functions of<br />

language is present or absent. In theory, each factor is necessary to<br />

communication. This does not necessarily mean that each function is<br />

always present. We will assume that while one or more – or even all – of<br />

the functions of language may be absent in short units (such as an isolated<br />

sign), lengthy units can activate all of them. Where more than one function<br />

is present, we will establish either: (1) a simple hierarchy, by i<strong>de</strong>ntifying<br />

the dominant function and not ranking the other functions, or (2) a<br />

complex hierarchy, by specifying the <strong>de</strong>gree of presence of some or all of<br />

the functions.<br />

Various criteria can be used to establish the functional hierarchy.<br />

For example, Arcand and Bourbeau (1995) use an intention-based<br />

criterion: "The dominant function is the one that answers the question,<br />

'With what intention was this message transmitted?' and [...] the secondary<br />

functions are there to support it." We must distinguish the intention<br />

associated with each fragment from the overall intention, which is "a<br />

sentence or series of sentences that corresponds to an intention" (1995).<br />

Since the intention can be hid<strong>de</strong>n, the function that is dominant in terms of<br />

overt <strong>de</strong>gree of presence may not be dominant in terms of intention.<br />

Arcand and Bourbeau also distinguish between direct and indirect<br />

manifestations of intention, which correlate to the opposition between<br />

80


actual and overt functions. The appellative (conative) function is<br />

manifested directly in "Go answer the door" and indirectly in "The<br />

doorbell rang" (which is equivalent to "Go answer the door"), where the<br />

overt function is the referential (or informative) function. In addition, we<br />

need to distinguish between cause and effect functions, as well as ends and<br />

means functions (the ends being the effect that is sought). For example,<br />

when the phatic function (cause) is overactivated, it can trigger the poetic<br />

function (effect); overactivation can be used for esthetic ends, and in this<br />

case the poetic function is an end and the phatic function is a means.<br />

4.4. Communication and Health<br />

Communication is a means of survival. This statement is not just a<br />

metaphor it is a conclusion based on the empirical studies. Without any<br />

form of communication humans cannot live. Lack of communication or<br />

inefficient communication could injure seriously the quality human life<br />

and health. Public Health surveys show that:<br />

People who lack strong relationships have 2 - 3 times the risk of<br />

early <strong>de</strong>ath, regardless of whether or not they smoke or drink.<br />

Terminal cancer strikes socially isolated people more often than<br />

those who have close personal relationships.<br />

Divorced, separated, and widowed people are 5 - 10 times more<br />

likely to need hospitalization for mental problems than their married<br />

counterparts.<br />

Pregnant women un<strong>de</strong>r stress and without supportive<br />

relationships have three times more complications than pregnant women<br />

who suffer from the same amount of stress but have strong social<br />

support.<br />

Studies show that social isolation is a major risk factor<br />

contributing to coronary disease, comparable to physiological factors<br />

such a s diet, smoking, obesity an lack of physical activity socially<br />

isolated people are four times more susceptible to the common cold than<br />

those who have active social networks<br />

When the subject of communication and health is discussed of<br />

interest is not only the impact of communication as such on the individual<br />

health but rather the importance of communication to disease prevention,<br />

health promotion, health care policy, and the business of health care as<br />

well as enhancement of the quality of life and health of individuals within<br />

81


the community. Nowadays Health communication is an important aria of<br />

medical activity (theory and practice) which may be <strong>de</strong>fined as “The art<br />

and technique of informing, influencing, and motivating individual,<br />

institutional, and public audiences about important health issues. Or it can<br />

be <strong>de</strong>fine as an area of theory, research and practice related to<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding and influencing the inter<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce of communication<br />

(symbolic interaction in the forms of messages and meanings) and health<br />

related beliefs, behaviors and outcomes. Accordingly to this aria an<br />

efficient communication is essential to successful public health practice at<br />

every level of the ecological mo<strong>de</strong>l; intrapersonal, interpersonal, group,<br />

organizational, and societal. At each level there are a variety of<br />

communication channels which must be consi<strong>de</strong>red, from face-to-face to<br />

mass communications. The social contexts in which health communication<br />

occurs are also wi<strong>de</strong>ly varied and can inclu<strong>de</strong> (but are not limited to)<br />

homes, schools, doctor’s offices, and workplaces. Wherever, good<br />

communication is associated with positive health outcomes, whereas poor<br />

communication is associated with a number of negative outcomes. In<br />

what is follow we will focus on three levels of heath communication: 1.<br />

interpersonal medical communication emphasizing especially the<br />

importance of communication between doctor and patient; 2.<br />

Organizational level, emphasizing the importance of communication in<br />

medical team; and 3. Societal level emphasizing the importance of<br />

communication in public health.<br />

The importance of communication in physician – patient<br />

relationship<br />

Good communication skills are essential to establish good doctor patient<br />

relationship, which in turn has a positive impact on medical outcomes.<br />

Good communication engen<strong>de</strong>rs meaningful and trusting<br />

relationships between healthcare professionals and their patients. Studies<br />

suggest that physician sensitivity - specifically a doctor's interest in people<br />

- results in greater patient confi<strong>de</strong>nce and increased adherence to treatment<br />

regimens. We have much more confi<strong>de</strong>nce in our doctor if he or she can<br />

communicate with us and seems sensitive to our needs. Good<br />

communication skills are integral to medical and other healthcare practice.<br />

In <strong>de</strong>livering care, doctors encounter a diverse range of patients<br />

requiring different communication approaches - from the very young to<br />

the el<strong>de</strong>rly. Various patient subgroups may present particular difficulties in<br />

terms of communication. For example, doctors may find it more difficult<br />

82


to communicate with patients with a chronic or complex disease, a<br />

terminal illness or those for whom there is no diagnosis. Un<strong>de</strong>r these<br />

circumstances more effort must be ma<strong>de</strong> to communicate with the patient<br />

sensitively. In some cases an explanation of the patient’s illness will need<br />

to be paced over several sessions in or<strong>de</strong>r to suit the patient or family’s<br />

emotional or cognitive ability to attend to, comprehend or incorporate the<br />

information. Patients themselves may have communication difficulties<br />

such as those with sensory impairments or speech problems, those with<br />

language barriers or learning difficulties, and patients from different ethnic<br />

groups. Communication with patients’ relatives is also commonly<br />

required. To provi<strong>de</strong> appropriate care, doctors must possess the<br />

appropriate skills to communicate sensitively with people, irrespective of<br />

cultural, social, religious or regional differences. In patient-doctor<br />

interaction the main responsibility for cultural sensitivity and<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding rests with the doctor. It is, therefore, imperative that<br />

medical education inclu<strong>de</strong>s intercultural communication training.<br />

In all doctor-patient interactions a variety of communication skills<br />

will be required for different phases of the consultation. During the start of<br />

a consultation, doctors must establish a rapport and i<strong>de</strong>ntify the reasons for<br />

the consultation. They must go on to gather information, structure the<br />

consultation, build on the relationship and provi<strong>de</strong> appropriate<br />

information.<br />

A number of healthcare trends are increasing the need for strong<br />

communication skills in medicine. In relation to communication with<br />

patients, an increasing focus on shared <strong>de</strong>cision making and<br />

communication of risk are two of the most important factors. For example,<br />

communication skills can help healthcare staff to explain the results of<br />

epi<strong>de</strong>miological studies or clinical trials to individual patients in ways that<br />

can help patients to un<strong>de</strong>rstand risk. Doctors can do this more effectively if<br />

they <strong>de</strong>velop relationships with their patients and if they take into account<br />

knowledge and perceptions of health risks in the general public.<br />

Benefits of good communication can be i<strong>de</strong>ntified for both doctors<br />

and patients:<br />

Benefits for patients<br />

• The doctor-patient relationship is improved. The doctor is better<br />

able to seek the relevant information and recognize the problems of the<br />

patient by way of interaction and attentive listening. As a result, the<br />

patient’s problems may be i<strong>de</strong>ntified more accurately.<br />

83


• Good communication helps the patient to recall information and<br />

comply with treatment instructions thereby improving patient satisfaction.<br />

• Good communication may improve patient health and outcomes.<br />

Better communication and dialogue by means of reiteration and repetition<br />

between doctor and patient has a beneficial effect in terms of promoting<br />

better emotional health, resolution of symptoms and pain control.<br />

• The overall quality of care may be improved by ensuring that<br />

patients ‘views and wishes are taken into account as a mutual process in<br />

<strong>de</strong>cision making.<br />

• Good communication is likely to reduce the inci<strong>de</strong>nce of clinical<br />

error.<br />

Benefits for doctors<br />

• Effective communication skills may relieve doctors of some of<br />

the pressures of <strong>de</strong>aling with the difficult situations encountered in this<br />

emotionally <strong>de</strong>manding profession. Problematic communication with<br />

patients is thought to contribute to emotional burn-out and low personal<br />

accomplishment in doctors as well as high psychological morbidity. Being<br />

able to communicate competently may also enhance job satisfaction.<br />

• Patients are less likely to complain if doctors communicate well.<br />

There is, therefore, a reduced likelihood of doctors being sued ( of medical<br />

malpractice).<br />

The importance of good communication in medical team<br />

Good communication within the healthcare team is essential in<br />

or<strong>de</strong>r to ensure continuity of care and effective treatment for patients.<br />

Moreover, poor communication between professional staff has been<br />

i<strong>de</strong>ntified as an un<strong>de</strong>rlying factor for failed communication with patients.<br />

For example, a patient may be given different information<br />

regarding their condition by different members of the healthcare team.<br />

In today’s health care system, <strong>de</strong>livery processes involve<br />

numerous interfaces and patient handoffs among multiple health care<br />

practitioners with varying levels of educational and occupational training.<br />

During the course of a 4-day hospital stay, a patient may interact with 50<br />

different employees, including physicians, nurses, technicians, and others.<br />

Effective clinical practice thus involves Successful Teamwork.<br />

Components of Successful Teamwork are as follow:<br />

- Non-punitive environment,<br />

- Clear direction;<br />

- Clear and known roles and tasks for team members;<br />

84


- Respectful atmosphere;<br />

- Shared responsibility for team success;<br />

- Appropriate balance of member participation for the task at<br />

hand;<br />

- Acknowledgment and processing of conflict;<br />

- Clear specifications regarding authority and accountability;<br />

- Clear and known <strong>de</strong>cision-making procedures;<br />

- Regular and routine communication and information sharing;<br />

- Enabling environment, including access to nee<strong>de</strong>d resources;<br />

- Mechanism to evaluate outcomes and adjust accordingly.<br />

All these elements are <strong>de</strong>termine by an open and effective<br />

communication<br />

When health care professionals are not communicating effectively,<br />

patient safety is at risk for several reasons: lack of critical information,<br />

misinterpretation of information, unclear or<strong>de</strong>rs over the telephone, and<br />

overlooked changes in status.<br />

Lack of communication creates situations where medical errors<br />

can occur. These errors have the potential to cause severe injury or<br />

unexpected patient <strong>de</strong>ath. Medical errors, especially those caused by a<br />

failure to communicate, are a pervasive problem in today’s health care<br />

organizations.<br />

Effective communications make effective the work of teams;<br />

enhance trust, respect, and collaboration, reduce the risk of medical errors,<br />

increase the parent as well as health professionals satisfaction.<br />

The importance of communication in public health<br />

Public health is the approach to medicine that is concerned with<br />

the health of the community as a whole. Public health is community<br />

health. It has been said that: "Health care is vital to all of us some of the<br />

time, but public health is vital to all of us all of the time."<br />

The three core public health functions are:<br />

1. The assessment and monitoring of the health of communities<br />

and populations at risk to i<strong>de</strong>ntify health problems and priorities;<br />

2. The formulation of public policies <strong>de</strong>signed to solve<br />

i<strong>de</strong>ntified local and national health problems and priorities;<br />

3. To assure that all populations have access to appropriate and<br />

cost-effective care, including health promotion and disease prevention<br />

services, and evaluation of the effectiveness of that care.<br />

85


The efficiency in accomplishment of these tasks is directly related<br />

to efficient communication, but there are some public health arias where<br />

good communication is of special importance.<br />

First one is communication for health education directed to learning<br />

experiences and the voluntary actions people can take, individually or<br />

collectively, for their own health, the health of others, or the common good<br />

of the community. Health education is a systematically planned activity,<br />

and can thus be distinguished from inci<strong>de</strong>ntal learning experiences.<br />

Further, this construction of health education draws attention to voluntary<br />

behavioral actions taken by an individual, group, or community with the<br />

full un<strong>de</strong>rstanding and acceptance of the purposes of the action—either to<br />

achieve an inten<strong>de</strong>d health effect or to build capacity for health.<br />

The second aria is communication for health behavior change.<br />

Nowadays there are a lot of people that practice behavior with high health<br />

risk, like smoking, drug abuse, alcohol consuming etc. the individuals with<br />

such types of behavior will be more likely to change their health-related<br />

behavior if they recognize a health risk or condition as important, if they<br />

view themselves as susceptible to the risk or condition and if they regard<br />

the benefits of change as outweighing barriers to making change.<br />

Communication strategies play a key role in influencing these perceptions.<br />

The third aria is communication in condition of health emergency.<br />

Health emergencies inclu<strong>de</strong>:<br />

significant communicable disease outbreaks, e.g. an influenza pan<strong>de</strong>mic;<br />

chemical, biological or radiological inci<strong>de</strong>nts either criminal or acci<strong>de</strong>ntal;<br />

mass casualty inci<strong>de</strong>nts, e.g. an earthquake or transport acci<strong>de</strong>nt; any<br />

emergency where there are a significant number of people needing<br />

medical treatment which requires a coordinated national approach. In all<br />

this conditions the risk for community, damages, and panic will be low<br />

down as a result of good (well planed) communication.<br />

► Exercises and Discussions:<br />

1.What is communication?<br />

2.How is communication? Give some attributes of communication.<br />

3.What are the elements of communication as a process?<br />

4.Describe the functions of communication.<br />

5.I<strong>de</strong>ntify your own reasons for communication.<br />

6.What is health communication?<br />

7.What are the benefits of efficient communication in physician and<br />

patient, and in medical team?<br />

86


► Recommen<strong>de</strong>d Essays<br />

1.Theoretical mo<strong>de</strong>ls of communication<br />

2.E. Bern and transactional analysis<br />

3.Neuro-linguistic programming<br />

4.Communication behavior in a hospital setting<br />

5.Communication in public health emergency/ its importance<br />

► Literature:<br />

1.Dance, Frank E. X., and Larson, Carl E. The Functions of Human<br />

Communication: A Theoretical Approach. New York: Holt,<br />

Rinehart and Winston, 1976.<br />

2.Berry Dianne. Health communication: theory and practice.<br />

McGraw-Hill International, 2006.<br />

3.Brian Williams. Communications. Heinemann Library, 2002.<br />

4.O’Daniel Michelle, Rosenstein Alan H. Professional<br />

Communication and Team Collaboration.<br />

http://www.ahrq.gov/qual/nurseshdbk/docs/O'DanielM_TWC.pdf<br />

5.Samuel YS Wong, Albert Lee. Communication Skills and Doctor<br />

Patient Relationship.<br />

http://www.fmshk.org/database/articles/607.pdf<br />

87


Metacommunication and Cultural Differences<br />

5.1. Metacommunication as Interpretation<br />

88<br />

Chapter 5<br />

Messages we send through our posture,<br />

gestures, facial expression,<br />

and spatial distance account for 55% of what<br />

is perceived and un<strong>de</strong>rstood by others. In fact,<br />

through our body language we are always<br />

communicating, whether we want to or not!<br />

Albert Mehrabian<br />

According to etymological meaning of word Meta-communication<br />

is "communicating about communication”. In the early 1970s, Gregory<br />

Bateson coined the term to <strong>de</strong>scribe the un<strong>de</strong>rlying messages in what we<br />

say and do. In other words meta-communication can be <strong>de</strong>fine as a<br />

process of interpretation and un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of communication and<br />

consequently as a tool for <strong>de</strong>veloping one's interpersonal relationships.<br />

People communicate all the time. It’s not possible to avoid it. We<br />

are always sending out signals that others read, interpret, and respond to<br />

while we are reading, interpreting and responding to theirs. Our<br />

communication occurs not flatly, but on different levels and via various<br />

processes. Could be mentioned conventionally even four levels on which<br />

communication take place:<br />

- Verbal level: communication by words;<br />

- Para-verbal level: loudness of speaking, manner of speaking,<br />

when keeping silent, meaning of interrupting or interfering the<br />

conversation;<br />

- Non-verbal level: body language (facial expression, eye<br />

contact, gestures), messages without words;<br />

- Extra-verbal level: time, place, context, orientation towards<br />

target groups, tactile (feeling by touching) and olfactory<br />

(smelling) aspects.


In condition of the complexity of communication as a process<br />

Meta-communication is an indispensable tool. Because people<br />

communicate on different levels, one may not be aware of all the messages<br />

he is sending. The actual content of what one says is the obvious form of<br />

communication, but there are others: the context in which one says<br />

something, the tone and volume of his voice, the look in his eyes, and<br />

other body language, to name a few. Meta-communication can help one<br />

ensure that his messages are consistent. It can also help him better<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstand the messages sent by others.<br />

5.2. Verbal Communication<br />

Verbal communication inclu<strong>de</strong>s written and oral communication.<br />

Oral communication, is primarily referring to spoken verbal<br />

communication, which typically relies on words. Oral communication may<br />

be face-to-face discussion, interpersonal medicate communication<br />

(telephone discussion) or public presentations.<br />

Written communication involves any type of interaction that<br />

makes use of the written word. Examples of written communication<br />

avenues typically pursued inclu<strong>de</strong> electronic mail, Internet Web sites,<br />

letters, proposals, telegrams, faxes, postcards, contracts, advertisements,<br />

brochures, and news releases. Indifferently of variety verbal<br />

communication supposed the use of language.<br />

Language is a real power. Our use of language has tremendous<br />

power in the type of atmosphere that is created at the problem-solving<br />

table. Words that are critical, blaming, judgmental or accusatory tend to<br />

create a resistant and <strong>de</strong>fensive mindset that is not conducive to productive<br />

problem solving. On the other hand, we can choose words that normalize<br />

the issues and problems and reduce resistance.<br />

What is the meaning of term Language? Language may refer<br />

either to the specifically human capacity for acquiring and using complex<br />

systems of communication, or to a specific instance of such a system of<br />

complex communication. The scientific study of language in any of its<br />

senses is called linguistics.<br />

The approximately 3000–6000 languages that are spoken by<br />

humans today are the most salient examples, but natural languages can<br />

also be based on visual rather than auditive stimuli, for example in sign<br />

languages and written language. Co<strong>de</strong>s and other kinds of artificially<br />

89


constructed communication systems such as those used for computer<br />

programming can also be called languages. A language in this sense is a<br />

system of signs for encoding and <strong>de</strong>coding information. The English word<br />

<strong>de</strong>rives from Latin lingua, "language, tongue." This metaphoric relation<br />

between language and the tongue exists in many languages and testifies to<br />

the historical prominence of spoken languages. When used as a general<br />

concept, "language" refers to the cognitive faculty that enables humans to<br />

learn and use systems of complex communication.<br />

Language is thought to have originated when early hominids first<br />

started cooperating, adapting earlier systems of communication based on<br />

expressive signs to inclu<strong>de</strong> a theory of other minds and shared<br />

intentionality. This <strong>de</strong>velopment is thought to have coinci<strong>de</strong>d with an<br />

increase in brain volume. Language is processed in many different<br />

locations in the human brain, but especially in Broca’s and Wernicke’s<br />

areas. Humans acquire language through social interaction in early<br />

childhood, and children generally speak fluently when they are around<br />

three years old. The use of language has become <strong>de</strong>eply entrenched in<br />

human culture and, apart from being used to communicate and share<br />

information, it also has social and cultural uses, such as signifying group<br />

i<strong>de</strong>ntity, social stratification and for social grooming and entertainment.<br />

Many spoken languages are written. Written communication is<br />

divi<strong>de</strong>d into three revolutionary stages called Information Communication<br />

Revolutions. During the 1st stage written communication first emerged<br />

through the use of pictographs. The pictograms were ma<strong>de</strong> in stone; hence<br />

written communication was not yet mobile. During the 2nd stage writing<br />

began to appear on paper, papyrus, clay, and wax (etc). Common alphabets<br />

were introduced and allowed for the uniformity of language across large<br />

distances. A leap in technology occurred when the Gutenberg printingpress<br />

was invented in the 15th century. The 3rd stage is characterized by<br />

the transfer of information through controlled waves and electronic<br />

signals.<br />

However, even today, there are many world languages that can be<br />

spoken but have no standard written form. Such languages can be<br />

expressed in writing using the International Phonetic Alphabet. Spoken<br />

language is much richer than written language; for example, transcripts of<br />

actual speech show numerous hesitancies which are usually left out of<br />

written forms of 'speech' such as screenplays.<br />

90


Even from the point of view of syntax, spoken language usually<br />

has its own set of grammatical patterns which sometimes may be quite<br />

different from that in written language. In many languages, the written<br />

form is consi<strong>de</strong>red a different language, a situation called diglossia.<br />

Human language is unique in comparison to other forms of<br />

communication, such as those used by other animals, because it allows<br />

humans to produce an infinite set of utterances from a finite set of<br />

elements, and because the symbols and grammatical rules of any particular<br />

language are largely arbitrary, so that the system can only be acquired<br />

through social interaction. The known systems of communication used by<br />

animals, on the other hand, can only express a finite number of utterances<br />

that are mostly genetically transmitted. Human language is also unique in<br />

that its complex structure has evolved to serve a much wi<strong>de</strong>r range of<br />

functions than any other kinds of communication system.<br />

Verbal communication can be efficient, inefficient and even<br />

socially inacceptable.<br />

The form of antisocial verbal communication is verbal abuse.<br />

Verbal abuse (also called reviling or verbal attack) is a form of<br />

abusive behavior involving the use of language. It is a form of profanity<br />

that can occur with or without the use of expletives. While oral<br />

communication is its most common form, verbal abuse may be expressed<br />

in the form of written word as well.<br />

Verbal abuse is a pattern of behavior that can seriously interfere<br />

with a person's healthy emotional <strong>de</strong>velopment. A single exposure to<br />

verbal assault can be enough to significantly affect a person's self-esteem,<br />

emotional well-being, and physical state.<br />

Verbal abuse is best <strong>de</strong>scribed as an ongoing emotional<br />

environment organized by the abuser for the purposes of control. The<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rlying factor in the dynamic of verbal abuse is the abuser’s low regard<br />

for him or herself. The abuser attempts to place their victim in a position to<br />

believe similar things about him or herself, a form of warped projection.<br />

Reports of verbal and emotional abuse indicate that it frequently<br />

occurs in romantic relationships between men and women, where women<br />

are generally reported as the victims. However, verbal abuse may occur to<br />

a person of any gen<strong>de</strong>r, race, culture, size, sexual orientation, or age.<br />

Typically, verbal abuse increases in intensity over time and often<br />

escalates into physical abuse as well.<br />

91


During intense verbal abuse, the victim usually suffers from low<br />

self-worth and low self-esteem. As a result, victims may fall into clinical<br />

<strong>de</strong>pression and post-traumatic stress disor<strong>de</strong>r.<br />

Verbal abuse starting from a young age contributes to inferiority<br />

complex, machismo attitu<strong>de</strong>s, and other negative behaviors that plague<br />

many people into senior age.<br />

People who feel they are being attacked by a verbal abuser on a<br />

regular basis should seek professional counsel and remove themselves<br />

from the negative environment whenever possible. Staying around verbal<br />

abusers is damaging for a person's overall well-being, and all steps to<br />

change the situation should be pursued.<br />

The way to recognize signs of verbal abuse in an unhealthy<br />

relationship is to simply know what a healthy relationship looks like.<br />

Consi<strong>de</strong>r the things people value in a healthy and strong relationship.<br />

These could be respect, acceptance, trustworthiness, and honesty with the<br />

freedom and safety to express oneself within healthy boundaries. When we<br />

think about what constitutes a healthy relationship, it becomes easier to<br />

i<strong>de</strong>ntify when we are in an unhealthy relationship.<br />

Signs of verbal abuse exhibited by the abuser are:<br />

Actions of ignoring, ridiculing, disrespecting, and criticizing<br />

others consistently.<br />

A manipulation of words.<br />

Purposeful humiliation of others.<br />

Accusing others falsely for the purpose of manipulating a person's<br />

<strong>de</strong>cision making.<br />

Manipulating people to submit to un<strong>de</strong>sirable behavior.<br />

Making others feel unwanted and unloved.<br />

Threatening to leave the family <strong>de</strong>stitute.<br />

Placing the blame and cause of the abuse onto others.<br />

Isolating a person from some type of support system, consisting of<br />

friends or family.<br />

Harassment<br />

Threatening to do any type of harm to a family member or friend<br />

Once the victim i<strong>de</strong>ntifies and recognizes the signs of verbal<br />

abuse, the victim can be more proactive in finding help. If left too long in<br />

an abusive relationship, the person will start feeling hopeless.<br />

92


5.3. Para-verbal Communication<br />

Para-verbal communication is communication by the mean of<br />

nonverbal cues of the voice. Various acoustic properties of speech such as<br />

tone, pitch and accent, loudness of speaking, manner of speaking, keeping<br />

silent, meaning of interrupting or interfering the conversation collectively<br />

known as prosody, can all give off nonverbal cues.<br />

Paraverbal communication refers to how we say something, not<br />

what we say. The paraverbal message accounts for approximately 38% of<br />

what is communicated to someone. A sentence can convey entirely<br />

different meanings <strong>de</strong>pending on the emphasis on words and the tone of<br />

voice. For example, the statement, "I didn't say you were stupid" has six<br />

different meanings, <strong>de</strong>pending on which word is emphasized:<br />

Or, if you say the sentence “Cynthia likes you” with a lilting tone<br />

you are probably teasing someone. However, if you stress the word likes,<br />

“Cynthia likes you”, the message comes out, “Whatever ma<strong>de</strong> you think<br />

she didn’t?” Stress the word you this time, “Cynthia likes you" and you<br />

might be saying, “I wish she liked me”.<br />

The linguist George L. Trager <strong>de</strong>veloped a classification system<br />

which consists of the voice set, voice qualities, and vocalization<br />

The voice set is the context in which the speaker is speaking. This<br />

can inclu<strong>de</strong> the situation, gen<strong>de</strong>r, mood, age and a person's culture.<br />

The voice qualities are volume, pitch, tempo, rhythm, articulation,<br />

resonance, nasality, and accent. They give each individual a unique "voice<br />

print".<br />

Vocalization consists of three subsections: characterizers,<br />

qualifiers and segregates. Characterizers are emotions expressed while<br />

speaking, such as laughing, crying, and yawning. A voice qualifier is the<br />

93


style of <strong>de</strong>livering a message - for example, yelling "Hey stop that!", as<br />

opposed to whispering "Hey stop that". Vocal segregates such as "uh-huh"<br />

notify the speaker that the listener acceptance.<br />

There are some points to be remembered about our para-verbal<br />

communication:<br />

- When we are angry or excited, our speech tends to become<br />

more rapid and higher pitched.<br />

- When we are bored or feeling down, our speech tends to slow<br />

and take on a monotone quality.<br />

- When we are feeling <strong>de</strong>fensive, our speech is often abrupt.<br />

Vocal characterizers (laugh, cry, yell, moan, whine, belch, yawn) -<br />

send different messages in different cultures (Japan — giggling indicates<br />

embarrassment; India – belch indicates satisfaction).<br />

Vocal qualifiers (volume, pitch, rhythm, tempo, and tone) are<br />

associated with cultural distinctions. Loudness, for example, indicates:<br />

- Strength and sincerity in Arab culture;<br />

- Confi<strong>de</strong>nce and authority to the Germans;<br />

- Impoliteness to the Thais;<br />

- Loss of control to the Japanese;<br />

- Aggressiveness in North America<br />

Gen<strong>de</strong>r based as well: women tend to speak higher and more softly<br />

than men.<br />

Vocal segregates (un-huh, shh, uh, oooo, ooh, mmmh, humm, eh,<br />

mah, lah) - indicate formality, acceptance, assent, uncertainty.<br />

Vocal rate <strong>de</strong>als with the speed at which people talk, another<br />

factor that offers various interpretations.<br />

In the Americas as well as in Arabic countries the pauses between<br />

words are usually not too long, while in India and Japan pauses can give a<br />

contradictory sense to the spoken words. Enduring silence is perceived as<br />

comfortable in India and Japan, while in Europe and North America it may<br />

cause insecurity and embarrassment. Scandinavians, by the standards of<br />

other Western cultures, are more tolerant of silent breaks during<br />

conversations.<br />

5.4. Body Language<br />

Body language is a form of non-verbal communication which<br />

consist in sending and interpreting of non verbal signals almost entirely<br />

subconscious. Body language consists of body posture, gestures, facial<br />

94


expressions, eye movements etc. Humans send and interpret such signals.<br />

When a person sends a message with conflicting verbal and nonverbal<br />

information, the nonverbal information tends to be believed. Consi<strong>de</strong>r the<br />

example of someone, through a clenched jaw, hard eyes, and steely voice,<br />

telling you they're not mad. Which are you likely to believe? What you see<br />

or what you hear?<br />

Argyle (1988) conclu<strong>de</strong>d there are five primary functions of<br />

nonverbal bodily behavior in human communication:<br />

Express emotions;<br />

Express interpersonal attitu<strong>de</strong>s;<br />

To accompany speech in managing the cues of interaction<br />

between speakers and listeners;<br />

Self-presentation of one’s personality;<br />

Rituals (greetings).<br />

The Facial Expression<br />

The face is perhaps the most important conveyor of emotional<br />

information. A face can light up with enthusiasm, energy, and approval,<br />

express confusion or boredom, and scowl with displeasure. The facial<br />

expession inclu<strong>de</strong>s:<br />

a) mimics, knit brows (frawn), wrinkle up forehead, corrugate<br />

nose, clench teeth etc.<br />

b) smile, that can be recepted from <strong>de</strong>light to cinism.<br />

c) the look, it can communicate love, frendship, sadness, guilty,<br />

indiference, hate.<br />

While some say that facial expressions are i<strong>de</strong>ntical, meaning<br />

attached to them differs. Majority opinion is that these do have similar<br />

meanings world-wi<strong>de</strong> with respect to smiling, crying, or showing anger,<br />

sorrow, or disgust. However, the intensity varies from culture to culture.<br />

Note the following:<br />

95


o Many Asian cultures suppress facial expression as much as<br />

possible.<br />

o Many Mediterranean (Latino / Arabic) cultures exaggerate<br />

grief or sadness while most American men hi<strong>de</strong> grief or sorrow.<br />

o Some see “animated” expressions as a sign of a lack of control.<br />

o Too much smiling is viewed in as a sign of shallowness.<br />

o Women smile more than men.<br />

Eye gaze<br />

Eye contact is an event in which two people look at each other's<br />

eyes at the same time. It is a form of nonverbal communication and is<br />

thought to have a large influence on social behavior. Frequency and<br />

interpretation of eye contact vary between cultures and species. The study<br />

of eye contact is sometimes known as oculesics. Eye contact can indicate<br />

interest, attention, and involvement. Gaze comprises the actions of looking<br />

while talking, looking while listening, amount of gaze, and frequency of<br />

glances, patterns of fixation, pupil dilation, and blink rate.<br />

Eye contact and facial expressions provi<strong>de</strong> important social and<br />

emotional information; people, perhaps without consciously doing so,<br />

probe each other's eyes and faces for positive or negative mood signs. In<br />

some contexts, the meeting of eyes arouses strong emotions. Eye contact is<br />

also an important element in flirting, where it may serve to establish and<br />

gauge the other's interest in some situations.<br />

A 1985 study published in the Journal of Experimental Child<br />

Psychology suggested that "3-month-old infants are comparatively<br />

insensitive to being the object of another's visual regard". A 1996<br />

Canadian study with 3 to 6 month old infants found that smiling in the<br />

infants <strong>de</strong>creased when adult eye contact was removed. A recent British<br />

study in the Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience found that face recognition<br />

by infants was facilitated by direct gaze. Other recent research has<br />

confirmed the belief that the direct gaze of adults influences the direct<br />

gaze of infants.<br />

A study by University of Stirling psychologists conclu<strong>de</strong>d that<br />

children who avoid eye contact while consi<strong>de</strong>ring their responses to<br />

questions had higher rates of correct answers than children who<br />

maintained eye contact. One researcher theorized that looking at human<br />

faces requires a lot of mental processing, which <strong>de</strong>tracts from the cognitive<br />

task at hand. Researchers also noted that a blank stare indicated a lack of<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding.<br />

96


In some parts of the world, particularly in East Asia, eye contact<br />

can provoke misun<strong>de</strong>rstandings between people of different nationalities.<br />

Keeping direct eye contact with a work supervisor or el<strong>de</strong>rly people leads<br />

them to assume you are being aggressive and ru<strong>de</strong>.<br />

In Japan, it is more common to look at the throat of the other<br />

person. In China and Indonesia, the practice is to lower the eyes because<br />

direct eye contact is consi<strong>de</strong>red bad manners, and in Hispanic culture<br />

direct eye contact is a form of challenge and disrespect. In Mediterranean<br />

society, men often look at women for long periods of time that may be<br />

interpreted as starring by women from other cultures.<br />

In some Western cultures the eye to eye contact is consi<strong>de</strong>red as<br />

positive (advise children to look a person in the eyes). But within USA,<br />

African-Americans use more eye contact when talking and less when<br />

listening with reverse true for Anglo Americans. This is a possible cause<br />

for some sense of unease between races in US. A prolonged gaze is often<br />

seen as a sign of sexual interest.<br />

In Arab culture, it is common for both speakers and listeners to<br />

look directly into each others’ eyes for long periods of time, indicating<br />

keen interest in the conversation. The prolonged eye contact shows interest<br />

and helps them un<strong>de</strong>rstand truthfulness of the other person (a person who<br />

doesn’t reciprocate is seen as untrustworthy).<br />

Movement and body position<br />

Kinesics is the study of body movements, facial expressions, and<br />

gestures. It was <strong>de</strong>veloped by anthropologist Ray L. Birdwhistell in the<br />

1950s. Kinesic behaviors inclu<strong>de</strong> mutual gaze, smiling, facial warmth or<br />

pleasantness, childlike behaviors, direct body orientation, and the like.<br />

The body movements way.<br />

lateral movements – good communicator.<br />

forward / backword movements – action man.<br />

vertical movements – man with strong persuasion power<br />

Posture can be used to <strong>de</strong>termine a participant’s <strong>de</strong>gree of<br />

attention or involvement, the difference in status between communicators,<br />

and the level of fondness a person has for the other communicator. Our<br />

body postures can create a feeling of warm openness or cold rejection.<br />

Studies investigating the impact of posture on interpersonal relationships<br />

suggest that mirror-image congruent postures, where one person’s left si<strong>de</strong><br />

is parallel to the other’s right si<strong>de</strong>, leads to favorable perception of<br />

communicators and positive speech; a person who displays a forward lean<br />

97


or a <strong>de</strong>crease in a backwards lean also signify positive sentiment during<br />

communication. Posture is un<strong>de</strong>rstood through such indicators as direction<br />

of lean, body orientation, arm position, and body openness. For example,<br />

when someone faces us, sitting quietly with hands loosely fol<strong>de</strong>d in the<br />

lap, a feeling of anticipation and interest is created. A posture of arms<br />

crossed on the chest portrays a feeling of inflexibility. The action of<br />

gathering up one's materials and reaching for a purse signals a <strong>de</strong>sire to<br />

end the conversation.<br />

The position of the body gives us the information about the<br />

subject’s attitu<strong>de</strong> and emotions. The dominating person will keep the head<br />

up, but the inferior will keep the head down. The inclination of the body<br />

means the interest, anxiety.<br />

Consi<strong>de</strong>r the following actions and note cultural differences:<br />

o Bowing (not done, criticized, or affected in US; shows rank in<br />

Japan)<br />

o Slouching (ru<strong>de</strong> in most Northern European areas)<br />

o Hands in pocket (disrespectful in Turkey)<br />

o Sitting with legs crossed (offensive in Ghana, Turkey)<br />

o Showing soles of feet. (Offensive in Thailand, Saudi Arabia<br />

98


Gesture is a non-vocal bodily movement inten<strong>de</strong>d to express<br />

meaning. They may be articulated with the hands, arms or body, and also<br />

inclu<strong>de</strong> movements of the head, face and eyes, such as winking, nodding,<br />

or rolling one's eyes. The boundary between language and gesture, or<br />

verbal and nonverbal communication, can be hard to i<strong>de</strong>ntify.<br />

According to Ottenheimer (2007), psychologists Paul Ekman and<br />

Wallace Friesen suggested that gestures could be categorized into five<br />

types: emblems, illustrators, affect displays, regulators, and adaptors<br />

emblems are gestures with direct verbal translations, such as a<br />

goodbye wave;<br />

illustrators are gestures that <strong>de</strong>pict what is said verbally, such as<br />

turning an imaginary steering wheel while talking about driving<br />

an affect display is a gesture that conveys emotions, like a smile;<br />

regulators are gestures that control interaction;<br />

and finally, an adaptor is a gesture that facilitates the release of<br />

bodily tension, such as quickly moving one's leg.<br />

Some emblems seem to be universal, while others are cultural,<br />

with different interpretations in various cultures, or perhaps with different<br />

uses by men and women. An example of a universal emblem is the<br />

uplifted shoul<strong>de</strong>rs and upturned hands that indicate “I don’t know”<br />

virtually everywhere in the world. An example of a culture-bound emblem<br />

is the encircled thumb and forefinger "O". "Everything ok" is shown in<br />

western European countries, especially between pilots and divers. This<br />

sign, especially when fingers are curled, means in Korea and Japan "now<br />

we may talk about money", in southern France the contrary ("nothing,<br />

without any value"). In Brazil, it is consi<strong>de</strong>red ru<strong>de</strong>, especially if<br />

performed with the three exten<strong>de</strong>d figures shown horizontally to the floor<br />

while the other two fingers form an O.<br />

Gestures can be also categorized as either speech-in<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt or<br />

speech-related. Speech-in<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt gestures are <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt upon<br />

culturally accepted interpretation and have a direct verbal translation. A<br />

wave hello or a peace sign are examples of speech-in<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt gestures.<br />

Speech related gestures are used in parallel with verbal speech; this form<br />

of nonverbal communication is used to emphasize the message that is<br />

being communicated.<br />

Speech related gestures are inten<strong>de</strong>d to provi<strong>de</strong> supplemental<br />

information to a verbal message such as pointing to an object of discussion<br />

99


There are some cultural differences regarding the interpretation of<br />

a certain gesture, an acceptable in one’s own culture may be offensive in<br />

another. Amount of gesturing varies from culture to culture. Even simple<br />

things like using hands to point and count differ.<br />

For example – to point (show direction using the finger) is<br />

unpolite in Europe, offence in Thailand and usual in the US. But, pointing:<br />

in US with in<strong>de</strong>x finger; Germany with little finger; Japanese with entire<br />

hand (in fact most Asians consi<strong>de</strong>r pointing with in<strong>de</strong>x finger to be ru<strong>de</strong>).<br />

Another example is putting foot on the table in America.<br />

Dance is a form of nonverbal communication that requires the<br />

same un<strong>de</strong>rlying faculty in the brain for conceptualization, creativity and<br />

memory as does verbal language in speaking and writing. Means of selfexpression,<br />

both forms have vocabulary (steps and gestures in dance),<br />

grammar (rules for putting the vocabulary together) and meaning. Dance,<br />

however, assembles (choreographs) these elements in a manner that more<br />

often resembles poetry, with its ambiguity and multiple, symbolic and<br />

elusive meanings<br />

The tactile communication<br />

Touches can be <strong>de</strong>fined as communication inclu<strong>de</strong> handshakes,<br />

holding hands, kissing (cheek, lips, hand), back slapping, high fives, a pat<br />

on the shoul<strong>de</strong>r, hugging, taping on the shoul<strong>de</strong>r and brushing an arm.<br />

Touching of oneself during communication may inclu<strong>de</strong> licking, picking,<br />

holding, and scratching. These behaviors are referred to as "adaptor" and<br />

may send messages that reveal the intentions or feelings of a<br />

communicator. The meaning conveyed from touch is highly <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt<br />

upon the context of the situation, the relationship between communicators,<br />

and the manner of touch. It <strong>de</strong>pends on age, relation and cultutre.<br />

Touch is culturally <strong>de</strong>termined. But each culture has a clear<br />

concept of what parts of the body one may not touch. Basic message of<br />

touch is to affect or control — protect, support, disapprove (i.e. hug, kiss,<br />

hit, kick).<br />

Example: An African-American male goes into a convenience<br />

store recently taken over by new Korean immigrants. He gives a $20 bill<br />

for his purchase to Mrs. Cho, who is cashier, and waits for his change.<br />

He is upset when his change is put down on the counter in front of him.<br />

What is the problem? Traditional Korean (and many other Asian<br />

countries) doesn’t touch strangers, especially between members of the<br />

100


opposite sex. But the African-American sees this as another example of<br />

discrimination (not touching him because he is black).<br />

Cultures (English, German, Scandinavian, Chinese, and Japanese)<br />

with high emotional restraint concepts have little public touch; those<br />

which encourage emotion (Latino, Middle-East, Jewish) accept frequent<br />

touches. It has been noted, for example, that Mediterranean, Middle<br />

Eastern and Latin American cultures employ much social touching in<br />

conversation, including embraces and hand-holding; these are called highcontact<br />

(or high-touch) cultures. In mo<strong>de</strong>rate-touch cultures such as North<br />

America and Northern Europe, touching is used only occasionally, such as<br />

in handshakes and sporadic shoul<strong>de</strong>r touching or back slapping. In low<br />

contact cultures such as in Northern Asian cultures, meanwhile, social<br />

touching is rarely used at all. But the geography is by no means that<br />

simple. People in the Asian nation of the Philippines, for example, use a<br />

large amount of social touching in conversation and personal interaction.<br />

In USA the handshake is common (even for strangers), hugs, and<br />

kisses for those of opposite gen<strong>de</strong>r or of family (usually) on an<br />

increasingly more intimate basis. Note differences between African-<br />

Americans and Anglos in USA. Most African Americans touch on<br />

greeting but are annoyed if touched on the head (good boy, good girl<br />

overtones).<br />

In Islamic and Hindu cultures people typically don’t touch with<br />

the left hand. To do so is a social insult. Left hand is for toilet functions.<br />

Mannerly, in India to break your bread is permitted only with your right<br />

hand, sometimes is difficult for non-Indians.<br />

Islamic cultures generally don’t approve of any touching between<br />

gen<strong>de</strong>rs (even handshakes). But consi<strong>de</strong>r such touching (including hand<br />

holding, hugs) between same-sex to be appropriate.<br />

Many Asians don’t touch the head - head houses the soul and a<br />

touch puts it in jeopardy.<br />

5.5. Extraverbal Communication<br />

Extraverbal Communication is a form of communication which<br />

inclu<strong>de</strong>s receiving and sending of information by mean of time, place,<br />

context, orientation towards target groups aspects.<br />

Physical environment<br />

Environmental factors such as furniture, architectural style,<br />

interior <strong>de</strong>corating, lighting conditions, colors, temperature, noise, and<br />

101


music affect the behavior of communicators during interaction.<br />

Environmental conditions can alter the choices of words or actions that<br />

communicators use to accomplish their communicative objective.<br />

The space language.<br />

Proxemics is the study of how people use and perceive the<br />

physical space around them. The space between the sen<strong>de</strong>r and the<br />

receiver of a message influences the way the message is interpreted.<br />

Proxemics was first <strong>de</strong>veloped by Edward T. Hall during the 1950s and<br />

60s. Hall's studies were inspired by earlier studies of how animals<br />

<strong>de</strong>monstrate territoriality. The term territoriality is still used in the study of<br />

proxemics to explain human behavior regarding personal space. There are<br />

i<strong>de</strong>ntified 4 such territories:<br />

1. Primary territory: this refers to an area that is associated with<br />

someone who has exclusive use of it. For example, a house that<br />

others cannot enter without the owner’s permission.<br />

2. Secondary territory: unlike the previous type, there is no “right” to<br />

occupancy, but people may still feel some <strong>de</strong>gree of ownership of a<br />

particular space. For example, someone may sit in the same seat on<br />

train every day and feel aggrieved if someone else sits there.<br />

3. Public territory: this refers to an area that is available to all, but only<br />

for a set period, such as a parking space or a seat in a library.<br />

Although people have only a limited claim over that space, they<br />

often exceed that claim. For example, it was found that people take<br />

longer to leave a parking space when someone is waiting to take that<br />

space.<br />

4. Interaction territory: this is space created by others when they are<br />

interacting. For example, when a group is talking to each other on a<br />

footpath, others will walk around the group rather than disturb it.<br />

Consequently space in nonverbal communication was <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>de</strong>d into<br />

four main categories: intimate, social, personal, and public space.<br />

Intimate space (Distance: Touching to 11/2 feet). This is the<br />

distance of lovemaking, wrestling, comforting, and protecting.<br />

Personal Distance (Distance: 11/2 feet to 4 feet). This distance is<br />

reserved for more than just a casual friend or fleeting encounter; however,<br />

it is a no-contact distance. Where people stand in relation to each other<br />

signals their relationship, or how they feel toward each other, or both. A<br />

wife can stay insi<strong>de</strong> the circle of her husband's close personal zone with<br />

impunity. For another woman to do so is an entirely different story.<br />

102


Social Distance (Distance: 4 to 12 feet). Impersonal business or<br />

casual conversations can be carried on in this space. People are very much<br />

aware of the presence of one another, but they neither interfere with each<br />

other nor are they oppressively near;<br />

Public Distance (Distance: 12 to 25 feet, or farther). A person at<br />

this distance is outsi<strong>de</strong> the circle of involvement. This is the distance<br />

reserved for public speakers and/or public officials or for anyone on public<br />

occasions.<br />

Note that this distance can vary significantly. Extraverts, for<br />

example, may have smaller distances whilst introverts may prefer to keep<br />

their distance. People who live in towns and cities are used to squeezing<br />

closer to people so have smaller spaces, whilst country people stand so far<br />

apart they have to lean forwards to shake hands. Also the distance varies<br />

greatly across cultures and different settings within cultures.<br />

The distance between communicators will also <strong>de</strong>pend on sex,<br />

status, and social role.<br />

The time language<br />

Chronemics is the study of the use of time in nonverbal<br />

communication. The way we perceive time, structure our time and react to<br />

time is a powerful communication tool, and helps set the stage for<br />

communication. Time perceptions inclu<strong>de</strong> punctuality and willingness to<br />

wait, the speed of speech and how long people are willing to listen. The<br />

timing and frequency of an action as well as the tempo and rhythm of<br />

communications within an interaction contributes to the interpretation of<br />

nonverbal messages. Gudykunst & Ting-Toomey (1988) i<strong>de</strong>ntified 2<br />

dominant time patterns.<br />

Monochronic time schedule (M-time): Time is seen as being very<br />

important and it is characterized by a linear pattern where the emphasis is<br />

on the use of time schedules and appointments. Time is viewed as<br />

something that can be controlled or wasted by individuals, and people tend<br />

to do one thing at a time.<br />

Polychronic time schedule (P-time): Personal involvement is more<br />

important than schedules where the emphasis lies on personal relationships<br />

rather than keeping appointments on time.<br />

Studies show that the monochronemic conversation (talking about<br />

one thing at a time) is common in Northern Europe and North America.<br />

Meanwhile, Latin American, Asian, Middle Eastern and Mediterranean<br />

cultures are more likely to use polychronemic conversation (multiple<br />

103


conversations at the same time, and frequent interruption by other speakerlisteners).<br />

The way of using the time language is correlated with:<br />

- time precision<br />

The time is something precious and personal and when somebody<br />

tries to organize out time it shows the status difference. To come in time or<br />

not to meeting shows the attitu<strong>de</strong> of the interlocutor in regards of the<br />

speaker or the subject, perception of the status and power, the respect and<br />

importance paid. The more people are ma<strong>de</strong> to wait, the more they feel<br />

humble and disrespected.<br />

In different cultures the punctuality means different times to come<br />

to a meeting or appointment. In some countries like China and Japan,<br />

punctuality is consi<strong>de</strong>red important and being late would be consi<strong>de</strong>red as<br />

an insult. However, in countries such as those of South America and the<br />

Middle East, being on time does not carry the same sense of urgency.<br />

Americans come earlier in or<strong>de</strong>r to accommodate themselves to<br />

the space and prepare for the discussion. British and Swedish come exactly<br />

in time in or<strong>de</strong>r to prove efficient time management, French come a little<br />

later in or<strong>de</strong>r to make the interlocutor a little nervous to be easier to<br />

manipulate.<br />

Thus the time language can be used consciously or not to control<br />

and subdue or to communicate respect and interest.<br />

- time lack<br />

The time is perceived as a personal scarce recourse therefore the<br />

way how the person allocates it to another person who requires a part of<br />

this recourse shows the attitu<strong>de</strong> of the subject regarding the <strong>de</strong>man<strong>de</strong>r.<br />

Miss-allocation of time for communication with a person is consi<strong>de</strong>red as<br />

miss- allocation of importance. Some sociological researches proved that a<br />

positive communication relation is built in direct proportion with the<br />

frequency.<br />

- time as symbol<br />

This aspect is related to certain usuality, like rhythm (for example<br />

we eat three times a day at a certain hour). Similarly seasons impose some<br />

certain activities and a certain life style. Holydays and rituals also are<br />

marked in time. Thus businessmen know that in the period of winter<br />

holidays people spend more money and work less.<br />

104


5.6. Interaction Between Verbal and Nonverbal Communication<br />

Non-verbal communication consists of all the messages other than<br />

words that are used in communication. Humans use consciously or<br />

unconsciously nonverbal communication for many reasons:<br />

To create impressions beyond the verbal element of communication<br />

(kinesics, chronemics, vocalics, environment).<br />

To repeat and reinforce what is said verbally (occulesics, kinesics).<br />

To manage and regulate the interaction among participants in the<br />

communication exchange (kinesics, occulesics, proxemics, synchrony).<br />

To express emotion beyond the verbal element (kinesics, occulesics,<br />

haptics, vocalics, proxemics).<br />

To convey relational messages of affection, power, dominance,<br />

respect, and so on (proxemics, occulesics, haptics).<br />

To promote honest communication by <strong>de</strong>tecting <strong>de</strong>ception or<br />

conveying suspicion (kinesics, occulesics, vocalics).<br />

To provi<strong>de</strong> group or social lea<strong>de</strong>rship by sending messages of power<br />

and persuasion (kinesics, vocalics, chronemics).<br />

Nonverbal communication is a part of communication process.<br />

That mean it is in continuous interaction with verbal communication.<br />

When communicating, nonverbal messages can interact with verbal<br />

messages in six ways: repeating, conflicting, complementing, substituting,<br />

regulating and accenting/mo<strong>de</strong>rating.<br />

Repeating - consists of using gestures to strengthen a verbal<br />

message, such as pointing to the object of discussion.<br />

Conflicting - verbal and nonverbal messages within the same<br />

interaction can sometimes send opposing or conflicting messages. A<br />

person verbally expressing a statement of truth while simultaneously<br />

fidgeting or avoiding eye contact may convey a mixed message to the<br />

receiver in the interaction. Conflicting messages may occur for a variety of<br />

reasons often stemming from feelings of uncertainty, ambivalence, or<br />

frustration. When mixed messages occur, nonverbal communication<br />

becomes the primary tool people use to attain additional information to<br />

clarify the situation; great attention is placed on bodily movements and<br />

positioning when people perceive mixed messages during interactions<br />

Complementing - accurate interpretation of messages is ma<strong>de</strong><br />

easier when nonverbal and verbal communication complement each other.<br />

Nonverbal cues can be used to elaborate on verbal messages to reinforce<br />

105


the information sent when trying to achieve communicative goals;<br />

messages have been shown to be remembered better when nonverbal<br />

signals affirm the verbal exchange<br />

Substituting - nonverbal behavior is sometimes used as the sole<br />

channel for communication of a message. People learn to i<strong>de</strong>ntify facial<br />

expressions, body movements, and body positioning as corresponding with<br />

specific feelings and intentions. Nonverbal signals can be used without<br />

verbal communication to convey messages; when nonverbal behavior does<br />

not effectively communicate a message, verbal methods are used to<br />

enhance un<strong>de</strong>rstanding.<br />

Regulating - nonverbal behavior also regulates our conversations.<br />

For example, touching someone's arm can signal that you want to talk next<br />

or interrupt.<br />

Accenting/Mo<strong>de</strong>rating - nonverbal signals are used to alter the<br />

interpretation of verbal messages. Touch, voice pitch, and gestures are<br />

some of the tools people use to accent or amplify the message that is sent;<br />

nonverbal behavior can also be used to mo<strong>de</strong>rate or tone down aspects of<br />

verbal messages as well. For example, a person who is verbally expressing<br />

anger may accent the verbal message by shaking a fist.<br />

5.7. Appearance of Medical Stu<strong>de</strong>nts and Doctors. The Dress Co<strong>de</strong>.<br />

Appearance refers to the communication role played by a person’s<br />

look or physical appearance. It <strong>de</strong>als with physical aspects of body shape,<br />

hair color and skin tone, as well as grooming, dress (both clothing and<br />

jewelry) and use of appearance enhancements such as body piercings,<br />

brandings and tattoos. Appearance is an important aspect of personal as<br />

well professional image. Having a professional image is important for any<br />

practice and especially for medical practice. If patients see<br />

professionalism, in addition to receiving courteous treatment and quick<br />

service, they will be impressed. Patient satisfaction with health care,<br />

compliance with medication and treatment outcome is related to the<br />

physician’s interpersonal skills including his/her sensitivity to nonverbal<br />

behavior and appearance.<br />

You may think that setting gui<strong>de</strong>lines for professional appearance<br />

is more difficult today than in years past, but women's skirt lengths and<br />

men's long hair used to challenge human resources managers. Now it's<br />

body piercing, tattoos and skimpy clothing. Whether it's the 1970s or the<br />

2010s, these issues have a common source – people <strong>de</strong>claring themselves<br />

106


as individuals or maybe not knowing what's consi<strong>de</strong>red "professional."<br />

Either way, today's medical practice administrators and human resources<br />

managers must know where to draw the line so the group practice projects<br />

a competent, professional image.<br />

As stu<strong>de</strong>nts/physicians will encounter patients from diverse<br />

groups, their personal appearance becomes an important part in<br />

establishing rapport with each patient. Therefore, the therapeutic alliance<br />

must be secured before initial verbal interaction has occurred.<br />

Stu<strong>de</strong>nt/physicians should place the patient’s needs first even if this<br />

necessitates curtailing some aspects of one’s individual expression.<br />

Because of the responsibility to inspire confi<strong>de</strong>nce in our professionalism<br />

and high quality of care, physicians are expected to wear appropriate dress<br />

as <strong>de</strong>fined herein; in a manner which reflects positively on the <strong>de</strong>partment,<br />

hospital and their profession. Each stu<strong>de</strong>nt/physician is expected to reflect<br />

the organization’s high standards through professional dress, grooming,<br />

conduct, language, and <strong>de</strong>corum.<br />

Standards for dress, grooming, and personal cleanliness contribute<br />

to the morale of all staff members and affect the image of the Medicine as<br />

a Practice. During business hours, stu<strong>de</strong>nt/physicians are expected to<br />

present an appearance and dress according to the requirements of their<br />

positions. Clothing worn to work should reflect professional status,<br />

provi<strong>de</strong> for mechanical safety of stu<strong>de</strong>nt/physicians and patients, allow for<br />

full performance of all duties and provi<strong>de</strong> easy i<strong>de</strong>ntification of<br />

stu<strong>de</strong>nt/physicians.<br />

Dress co<strong>de</strong>s for a job at a hospital, medical office or any other<br />

medical institution require conservative styles. The dress co<strong>de</strong> is not<br />

simply a matter of professionalism, but also a matter of safety.<br />

Stu<strong>de</strong>nts/physicians come into contact with patients and medical<br />

equipment. They must be prepared for a number of situations, such as<br />

excessive bleeding, vomiting, chemical spills and other acci<strong>de</strong>nts.<br />

Appropriate dress for all medical personnel is as follows:<br />

Dress of medical stu<strong>de</strong>nts in routine class in the first two years could<br />

be informal.<br />

All medical stu<strong>de</strong>nts are required to wear a clean, short white coat.<br />

Hair (including facial hair) should be clean, neatly trimmed, and<br />

contained so that it does not come in contact with patients. Men’s beards<br />

are acceptable when neatly trimmed. Hair colored green, blue, pink, etc., is<br />

not acceptable<br />

107


Anything that is exaggerated or overdone, whether it is jewelry,<br />

make-up, hairstyle, perfume, or clothing, is inappropriate. A minimum of<br />

jewelry such as wedding rings or class rings are acceptable, it must be<br />

small and simple. It cannot obstruct his or her work, and should be visible<br />

on the ear only (that means no facial jewelry such as nose, eyebrow, lip,<br />

etc., piercings). Multiple rings, i.e., one on each finger, are unacceptable.<br />

Earrings, necklaces, bracelets and other piercings may impe<strong>de</strong> the<br />

employee's work or catch on a patient or equipment.<br />

Stu<strong>de</strong>nt/physicians are required to maintain a clean, odor-free<br />

personal hygiene. Strong-smelling perfume, aftershave, scented lotions,<br />

and cologne are not permitted, as some patients may be allergic.<br />

Button-down shirts should not be open below the second button<br />

(sterno-manubrial junction). Ties are required for men.<br />

Shoes should be polished, neat and clean, and always with closed<br />

toes. Do not wear sandals in patient care areas because dropped needles<br />

may pierce your feet.<br />

Stu<strong>de</strong>nt/physicians are required to maintain fingernails clean, wellmanicured,<br />

and mo<strong>de</strong>rate in length. Nail color will be in keeping with the<br />

professional image.<br />

Tattoos and other body art must be covered at all times while on<br />

duty.<br />

Clothing should fully cover the mid-back, lower-back, and<br />

stomach. Un<strong>de</strong>rgarments should not be visible. Bare legs, if applicable,<br />

must be neat and presentable.<br />

Women should wear professional blouses or sweaters. Low cut or<br />

clinging shirts, sweaters or blouses are inappropriate.<br />

Skirts should be at least three inches below the white coat and<br />

below the knee if no stockings are worn. Shorter skirts are acceptable with<br />

tights or stockings. No clam-digger or Capri pants, jeans, cargo pants or<br />

leggings without skirts. Minimize excessively bright, dark or creativelycolorful<br />

polish.<br />

Blue scrub suits are permitted in direct patient care areas and in<br />

the Operating Room<br />

In the Operating Room<br />

Women who wear scrub suits with a <strong>de</strong>ep V-neck should wear the<br />

V-neck behind so as to prevent gapping in the front.<br />

108


Jewelry must come off before scrubbing. Earrings are<br />

unacceptable in the Operating Room because they may fall into the field.<br />

Short necklaces are acceptable as they are covered by O.R. gowns.<br />

Inappropriate dress for all medical personnel is as follows:<br />

Soiled, tattered, torn, frayed, or ripped clothing<br />

Shorts of any kind<br />

See-through garments, or those with plunging or revealing<br />

necklines<br />

Garments exposing midriff or un<strong>de</strong>rgarments<br />

Tube-tops, tank tops, or tight, form-fitting shirts<br />

Spaghetti straps, and low-cut or off-the-shoul<strong>de</strong>r shirts or dresses<br />

Sweatshirts<br />

Stirrups, leggings, or exercise attire<br />

Tight or transparent clothing (including tight-fitting T-shirts)<br />

Any clothing with slogans, advertising, or questionable or<br />

suggestive logos or emblems<br />

Any clothing that promotes alcohol or tobacco<br />

Belly shirts<br />

Baseball caps or hats<br />

Low-rise jeans<br />

Other<br />

Do not chew gum.<br />

No eating or drinking in front of patients or in patient care areas.<br />

Speak softly in the hospital.<br />

Never discuss one’s own or friends’ personal issues in public<br />

areas.<br />

Never discuss patient care issues in public areas, such as cafeterias<br />

and elevators.<br />

Do not criticize pedagogy, faculty, staff, others or institutions in<br />

public areas.<br />

Do not carry patient charts or X-ray fol<strong>de</strong>rs with the name<br />

exposed.<br />

Keep beepers on vibrator-silent mo<strong>de</strong> so as not to interrupt<br />

attendings and patients.<br />

► Exercises and Discussions:<br />

1. What is metacommunication?<br />

2. What are verbal communication forms and types?<br />

3. Describe the elements of paraverbal communication.<br />

109


4. Describe the elements of body language. What are your<br />

preferable gesture, body posture, face expression etc?<br />

5. What is extra verbal communication? Do you have a<br />

monochronemic or polychronemic perception of time?<br />

6. Learn the elements of professional dress co<strong>de</strong>.<br />

7. I<strong>de</strong>ntify three of the seven uses of nonverbal communication.<br />

8. Explain from personal experience an example of misun<strong>de</strong>rstood<br />

communication caused by differing interpretations of nonverbal<br />

communication techniques.<br />

► Recommen<strong>de</strong>d Essays<br />

1. The therapeutic miracle of words<br />

2. Language of colors<br />

3. Language of flowers<br />

4. Dress co<strong>de</strong> in the intercultural contexts<br />

5. How to make a good first impression?<br />

6. Smile and its significance<br />

► Literature:<br />

1. Burgoon Ju<strong>de</strong>e K., Buller David B., Woodall William Gill.<br />

Nonverbal communication: the unspoken dialogue. Harper & Row,<br />

1989.<br />

2. Esposito Anna. Fundamentals of verbal and nonverbal<br />

communication and the biometric issue. IOS Press, 2007.<br />

3. Keidar Daniela Classroom Communication. Use of Emotional<br />

Intelegence and Non-Verbal Communication in Ethics Education at<br />

Medical Schools. UNESCO Chair Office, Haifa, 2005. – 116 p.<br />

4. Krueger Juliane. GRIN Verlag, 2008.<br />

5. Kendon Adam. Gesture: visible action as utterance. Cambridge<br />

University Press, 2004.<br />

6. Wood Julia T.. Communication in Our Lives. Cengage Learning,<br />

2008.<br />

110


Barriers and Cleavages in Communication<br />

111<br />

Chapter 6<br />

A barrier to communication is something that keeps<br />

meanings from meeting. Meaning barriers exist between all<br />

people, making communication much more difficult than<br />

most people seem to realize. It is false to assume that if one<br />

can talk he can communicate. Because so much of our<br />

education misleads people into thinking that communication<br />

is easier than it is, they become discouraged and give up<br />

when they run into difficulty. Because they do not un<strong>de</strong>rstand<br />

the nature of the problem, they do not know what to do. The<br />

won<strong>de</strong>r is not that communicating is as difficult as it is, but<br />

that it occurs as much as it does."<br />

6.1 Communication Distorting Factors<br />

Reuel Howe, theologian and educator<br />

Every time people inject voluntary or involuntary barriers into<br />

their communication. These barriers can exist in any of the three<br />

components of communication (verbal, paraverbal, and nonverbal). Any<br />

one of the components of the communication mo<strong>de</strong>l (sen<strong>de</strong>r, message,<br />

receiver, context, co<strong>de</strong>, channel etc) can become a barrier to<br />

communication. For this reason, it is worthwhile to <strong>de</strong>scribe some of the<br />

common responses that will, inevitably, have a negative effect on<br />

communications. The most common of them are listed and analyzed<br />

below.<br />

a. Barrier of communication on the level of message Muddled<br />

messages<br />

Muddled messages are a barrier to communication because the<br />

sen<strong>de</strong>r leaves the receiver unclear about the intent of the sen<strong>de</strong>r. Contrast<br />

these two messages: "Please be here about 7:00 tomorrow morning."<br />

"Please be here at 7:00 tomorrow morning." The one word difference<br />

makes the first message muddled and the second message clear. Muddled<br />

messages have many causes. The sen<strong>de</strong>r may be confused in his or her<br />

thinking. The message may be little more than a vague i<strong>de</strong>a. The problem<br />

may be semantics, e.g., note this muddled newspaper ad: "Dog for sale.


Will eat anything. Especially likes children. Call 888-3599 for more<br />

information."<br />

Clarifying muddled messages is the responsibility of the sen<strong>de</strong>r.<br />

The sen<strong>de</strong>r hoping the receiver will figure out the message does little to<br />

remove this barrier to communication.<br />

Effective communication starts with a clear message. Making<br />

messages when intend an efficient communication sen<strong>de</strong>r should also take<br />

in account the receiver’s interests and abilities of <strong>de</strong>coding.<br />

Verbal Message can be a serious impediment of communication<br />

when:<br />

1. Attacking, interrogating, criticizing, blaming, and shaming:<br />

"If you were doing your job and supervising Susie in the lunch line<br />

we probably wouldn't be in this situation, would we?"<br />

"Have you followed through with the counseling we asked you to<br />

do? Have you gotten Ben to the doctor's for his medical checkup? Did you<br />

call and arrange for a Big Brother? Have you found out if you're eligible<br />

for food stamps?"<br />

"From what I can see, you don't have the training to teach a child<br />

with ADHD. Obviously if you did you would be using different strategies<br />

that wouldn't make her feel like she's a bad person."<br />

2. Moralizing, preaching, advising, and diagnosing:<br />

"You don't seem to un<strong>de</strong>rstand how important it is for your child to<br />

get this help. Don't you see that he's well on his way to becoming a<br />

sociopath?"<br />

"You obviously don't realize that if you were following the same<br />

steps we do at home you wouldn't be having this problem. You don't seem<br />

to care about whatís going on in this child's life outsi<strong>de</strong> of school."<br />

3. Or<strong>de</strong>ring, threatening, commanding, and directing:<br />

"If you don't voluntarily agree to this evaluation we can take you<br />

to due process. Go ahead and file a complaint if you want to."<br />

"I'm going to write a letter of complaint to the superinten<strong>de</strong>nt and<br />

have this in your file if you don't stop humiliating my son in front of his<br />

classmates. I know my rights."<br />

4. Shouting, name calling, refusing to speak.<br />

Some Nonverbal messages which could be Communication<br />

Barriers are:<br />

1. Flashing or rolling eyes,<br />

2. Quick or slow movements,<br />

112


3. Arms crossed, legs crossed,<br />

4. Gestures ma<strong>de</strong> with exasperation,<br />

5. Slouching, hunching over,<br />

6. Poor personal care,<br />

7. Doodling,<br />

8. Staring at people or avoiding eye contact,<br />

9. Excessive fidgeting with materials.<br />

b. Barrier of communication on the receiver’s level<br />

Listening is difficult. A typical speaker says about 125 words per<br />

minute. The typical listener can receive 400-600 words per minute. Thus,<br />

about 75 percent of listening time is free time. The free time often<br />

si<strong>de</strong>tracks the listener. Letting your attention drift away you put<br />

<strong>de</strong>liberately a barrier in commutation.<br />

Others impediments of communication related to poor listening<br />

skills are:<br />

- Automating listening.<br />

- Selective listening.<br />

Automatic listening happens when a person listening just long<br />

enough to find a word that he knows something about. Then shut off the<br />

rest of what is being said, particularly the emotional content. Then starts<br />

talking about the word he knows something about. This blocks real<br />

communications by not hearing the total content. This is the most used<br />

form of blocking true communication.<br />

Selective listening is when a person hears another but selects to<br />

not hear what is being said by choice or <strong>de</strong>sire to hear some other message.<br />

This can take several forms and result in acting out in <strong>de</strong>structive ways.<br />

An example is to become passive aggressive by pretending to hear and<br />

agree to what was said when actually your intent is to NOT act on the<br />

message, but make the other person think you will. Another form is to act<br />

on what you wanted to hear instead of what was said. Continued selective<br />

listening is one of the best ways to <strong>de</strong>stroy a relationship.<br />

c. Barriers on the channel’s level<br />

In or<strong>de</strong>r to avoid misun<strong>de</strong>rstanding, in choice of a channel, the<br />

sen<strong>de</strong>r needs to be sensitive to such things as the complexity of the<br />

message (good morning versus a construction contract); the consequences<br />

of a misun<strong>de</strong>rstanding (medication for a sick animal versus a guess about<br />

tomorrow's weather); knowledge, skills and abilities of the receiver (a new<br />

employee versus a partner in the business); and immediacy of action to be<br />

113


taken from the message (instructions for this morning's work versus a plan<br />

of work for 1994). Variation of channels helps the receiver un<strong>de</strong>rstand the<br />

nature and importance of a message.<br />

For instance an oral channel is highly appropriate for such a<br />

message as “Good morning". Writing "GOOD MORNING!" on a<br />

chalkboard in the machine shed is less effective than a warm oral greeting.<br />

On the other hand, a <strong>de</strong>tailed request to a contractor for construction of a<br />

far rowing house should be in writing, i.e., non-oral.<br />

d. Barriers on the context’s level<br />

Barriers on the context level refer to all condition in which<br />

communication occurs. These may be:<br />

Physical (for instance spatial barriers);<br />

Biological (physiological and gen<strong>de</strong>r barriers);<br />

Psychological (emotional, perceptual, cognitive barriers etc)<br />

Social.<br />

Physical barriers:<br />

Physical distractions are the physical things that get in the way of<br />

communication. Examples of such things inclu<strong>de</strong> the telephone, a pick-up<br />

truck door, a <strong>de</strong>sk, an uncomfortable meeting place, and noise.<br />

A supervisor may give instructions from the driver's seat of a pickup<br />

truck. Talking through an open window and down to an employee<br />

makes the truck door a barrier. A person sitting behind a <strong>de</strong>sk, especially if<br />

sitting in a large chair, talking across the <strong>de</strong>sk is talking from behind a<br />

physical barrier. Two people talking facing each other without a <strong>de</strong>sk or<br />

truck-door between them have a much more open and personal sense of<br />

communication. Uncomfortable meeting places may inclu<strong>de</strong> a place on the<br />

farm that is too hot or too cold. Another example is a meeting room with<br />

uncomfortable chairs that soon cause people to want to stand even if it<br />

means cutting short the discussion. Noise is a physical distraction simply<br />

because it is hard to concentrate on a conversation if hearing is difficult.<br />

Biological barriers:<br />

Gen<strong>de</strong>r barriers<br />

There are distinct differences between the speech patterns in a<br />

man and those in a woman. A woman speaks between 22,000 and 25,000<br />

words a day whereas a man speaks between 7,000 and 10,000. In<br />

childhood, girls speak earlier than boys and at the age of three, have a<br />

vocabulary twice that of boys.<br />

114


The reason for this lies in the wiring of a man's and woman's<br />

brains. When a man talks, his speech is located in the left si<strong>de</strong> of the brain<br />

but in no specific area. When a woman talks, the speech is located in both<br />

hemispheres and in two specific locations.<br />

This means that a man talks in a linear, logical and<br />

compartmentalized way, features of left-brain thinking; whereas a woman<br />

talks more freely mixing logic and emotion, features of both si<strong>de</strong>s of the brain.<br />

It also explains why women talk for much longer than men each day.<br />

Physiological barriers:<br />

They may result from individuals' personal discomfort, caused, for<br />

example, by ill health, poor eye sight or hearing difficulties.<br />

Psychological barriers:<br />

Perceptual barriers<br />

The problem with communicating with others is that we all see the<br />

world differently. If we didn't, we would have no need to communicate:<br />

something like extrasensory perception would take its place.<br />

The following anecdote is a remin<strong>de</strong>r of how our thoughts,<br />

assumptions and perceptions shape our own realities:<br />

A traveller was walking down a road when he met a man from the<br />

next town. "Excuse me," he said. "I am hoping to stay in the next town<br />

tonight. Can you tell me what the townspeople are like?"<br />

"Well," said the townsman, "how did you find the people in the last<br />

town you visited?"<br />

"Oh, they were an irascible bunch. Kept to themselves. Took me<br />

for a fool. Over-charged me for what I got. Gave me very poor service."<br />

"Well, then," said the townsman, "you'll find them pretty much the<br />

same here."<br />

Emotional barriers<br />

One of the chief barriers to open and free communications is the<br />

emotional barrier. It is comprised mainly of fear, mistrust and suspicion.<br />

The roots of our emotional mistrust of others lie in our childhood and<br />

infancy when we were taught to be careful what we said to others.<br />

"Mind your P's and Q's"; "Don't speak until you're spoken to";<br />

"Children should be seen and not heard". As a result many people hold<br />

back from communicating their thoughts and feelings to others.<br />

They feel vulnerable. While some caution may be wise in certain<br />

relationships, excessive fear of what others might think of us can stunt our<br />

115


<strong>de</strong>velopment as effective communicators and our ability to form<br />

meaningful relationships.<br />

Cognitive barriers:<br />

One of the most frequent cognitive barriers is stereotypes.<br />

Stereotyping causes us to typify a person, a group, an event or a<br />

thing on oversimplified conceptions, beliefs, or opinions. Thus, basketball<br />

players can be stereotyped as tall, green equipment as better than red<br />

equipment, football linemen as dumb, Ford as better than Chevrolet,<br />

Vikings as handsome, and people raised on dairy farms as interested in<br />

animals. Stereotyping can substitute for thinking, analysis and open<br />

min<strong>de</strong>dness to a new situation.<br />

Stereotyping is a barrier to communication when it causes people<br />

to act as if they already know the message that is coming from the sen<strong>de</strong>r<br />

or worse, as if no message is necessary because "everybody already<br />

knows." Both sen<strong>de</strong>rs and listeners should continuously look for and<br />

address thinking, conclusions and actions based on stereotypes.<br />

Social barriers<br />

When we join a group and wish to remain in it, sooner or later we<br />

need to adopt the behavior patterns of the group. These are the behaviors<br />

that the group accepts as signs of belonging.<br />

The group rewards such behavior through acts of recognition,<br />

approval and inclusion. In groups which are happy to accept you and<br />

where you are happy to conform, there is a mutuality of interest and a high<br />

level of win-win contact.<br />

Where, however, there are barriers to your membership of a group,<br />

a high level of game-playing replaces good communication.<br />

e. Barriers on the level of co<strong>de</strong><br />

When is spoken about barriers on the level of co<strong>de</strong> is meant most<br />

commonly language barriers. Language that <strong>de</strong>scribes what we want to<br />

say in our terms may present barriers to others who are not familiar with<br />

our expressions, buzz-words and jargon. When we couch our<br />

communication in such language, it is a way of excluding others.<br />

Different languages represent a national barrier which is<br />

particularly important for organizations involved in overseas business. In a<br />

global market place the greatest compliment we can pay another person is<br />

to talk in their language<br />

116


Individual linguistic ability is also important. The use of<br />

difficult or inappropriate words in communication can prevent people from<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding the message.<br />

Poorly explained or misun<strong>de</strong>rstood messages can also result in<br />

confusion. We can all think of situations where we have listened to<br />

something explained which we just could not grasp.<br />

6.2. Stereotypes, Stigma and Discrimination<br />

Stereotypes<br />

The term stereotype <strong>de</strong>rives from the Greek words stereos - "firm,<br />

solid" and typos "impression" hence "solid impression". The term, in its<br />

mo<strong>de</strong>rn psychology sense, was first used by Walter Lippmann in his 1922<br />

work Public Opinion .<br />

A stereotype is a fixed, commonly held notion or image of a<br />

person or group; a generalization based on an oversimplification of some<br />

observed or imagined trait of behavior or appearance. We <strong>de</strong>velop<br />

stereotypes when we are unable or unwilling to obtain all of the<br />

information we would need to make fair judgments about people or<br />

situations. In the absence of the "total picture", stereotypes in many cases<br />

allow us to "fill in the blanks."<br />

Stereotypes can be either positive (black men are good at<br />

basketball) or negative (women are bad drivers). But most stereotypes<br />

tend to make us feel superior in some way to the person or group being<br />

stereotyped. Stereotypes ignore the uniqueness of individuals by painting<br />

all members of a group with the same brush. It is easier to create<br />

stereotypes when there is a clearly visible and consistent attribute that can<br />

easily be recognized. This is why people of color, police and women are so<br />

easily stereotyped.<br />

People from stereotyped groups can find this very disturbing as they<br />

experience an apprehension (stereotype threat) of being treated unfairly.<br />

For example, if we are walking through a park late at night and<br />

encounter three senior citizens wearing fur coats and walking with canes,<br />

we may not feel as threatened as if we were met by three high school-aged<br />

boys wearing leather jackets. Why is this so? We have ma<strong>de</strong> a<br />

generalization in each case. These generalizations have their roots in<br />

experiences we have had ourselves, read about in books and magazines,<br />

seen in movies or television, or have had related to us by friends and<br />

117


family. In many cases, these stereotypical generalizations are reasonably<br />

accurate. Yet, in virtually every case, we are resorting to prejudice by<br />

ascribing characteristics about a person based on a stereotype, without<br />

knowledge of the total facts. By stereotyping, we assume that a person or<br />

group has certain characteristics. Quite often, we have stereotypes about<br />

persons who are members of groups with which we have not had firsthand<br />

contact.<br />

A stereotype can be embed<strong>de</strong>d in single word or phrase (such as,<br />

"jock" or "nerd"), an image, or a combination of words and images. The<br />

image evoked is easily recognized and un<strong>de</strong>rstood by others who share the<br />

same views.<br />

Stereotyping can be subconscious, where it subtly biases our<br />

<strong>de</strong>cisions and actions, even in people who consciously do not want to be<br />

biased. Stereotyping often happens not so much because of aggressive or<br />

unkind thoughts. It is more often a simplification to speed conversation on<br />

what is not consi<strong>de</strong>red to be an important topic.<br />

Stereotyping can go around in circles. Men stereotype women and<br />

women stereotype men. In certain societies this is intensified as the<br />

stereotyping of women pushes them together more and they create men as<br />

more of an out-group. The same thing happens with different racial<br />

groups, such as white/black (an artificial system of opposites, which in<br />

origin seems to be more like European/non-European).<br />

Television, books, comic strips, and movies are all abundant<br />

sources of stereotyped characters. For much of its history, the movie<br />

industry portrayed African-Americans as being unintelligent, lazy, or<br />

violence-prone. As a result of viewing these stereotyped pictures of<br />

African-Americans, for example, prejudice against African-Americans has<br />

been encouraged. In the same way, physically attractive women have been<br />

and continue to be portrayed as unintelligent or unintellectual and sexually<br />

promiscuous.<br />

We change our stereotypes infrequently. Even in the face of<br />

disconfirming evi<strong>de</strong>nce, we often cling to our obviously-wrong beliefs.<br />

When we do change the stereotypes, we do so in one of three ways:<br />

Bookkeeping mo<strong>de</strong>l: As we learn new contradictory<br />

information, we incrementally adjust the stereotype to adapt to the new<br />

information. We usually need quite a lot of repeated information for each<br />

incremental change. Individual evi<strong>de</strong>nce is taken as the exception that<br />

proves the rule.<br />

118


Conversion mo<strong>de</strong>l: We throw away the old stereotype and start<br />

again. This is often used when there is significant disconfirming evi<strong>de</strong>nce.<br />

Subtyping mo<strong>de</strong>l: We create a new stereotype that is a subclassification<br />

of the existing stereotype, particularly when we can draw a<br />

boundary around the sub-class. Thus if we have a stereotype for<br />

Americans, a visit to New York may result in us having a ‘New Yorkers<br />

are different’ sub-type.<br />

Our society often innocently creates and perpetuates stereotypes,<br />

but these stereotypes often lead to unfair discrimination and persecution<br />

when the stereotype is unfavorable. When we judge people and groups<br />

based on our prejudices and stereotypes and treat them differently, we are<br />

engaging in stigmatization and discrimination.<br />

Stigmatization<br />

Stigma is a Greek word that in its origins referred to a kind of<br />

tattoo mark that was cut or burned into the skin of criminals, slaves, or<br />

traitors in or<strong>de</strong>r to visibly i<strong>de</strong>ntify them as blemished or morally polluted<br />

persons. These individuals were to be avoi<strong>de</strong>d or shunned, particularly in<br />

public places. Mo<strong>de</strong>rn American usage of the words stigma and<br />

stigmatization refers to an invisible sign of disapproval which permits<br />

"insi<strong>de</strong>rs" to draw a line around the "outsi<strong>de</strong>rs" in or<strong>de</strong>r to <strong>de</strong>marcate the<br />

limits of inclusion in any group. The <strong>de</strong>marcation permits "insi<strong>de</strong>rs to<br />

know who is "in" and who is "out" and allows the group to maintain its<br />

solidarity by <strong>de</strong>monstrating what happen to those who <strong>de</strong>viate from<br />

accepted norms of conduct. Stigmatization is an issue of disempowerment<br />

and social injustice. In this context, stigma is consi<strong>de</strong>red to be a powerful<br />

social control tool applied through the marginalization, exclusion, and<br />

exercise of power over individuals who present particular characteristics.<br />

Stigma exists when four specific components converge:<br />

1. Individuals differentiate and label human variations.<br />

2. Prevailing cultural beliefs tie those labeled to adverse<br />

attributes.<br />

3. Labeled individuals are placed in distinguished groups that<br />

serve to establish a sense of disconnection between "us" and "them".<br />

4. Labeled individuals experience "status loss and discrimination"<br />

that leads to unequal circumstances.<br />

Stigma and health<br />

Stigma is typically a social process, experienced or anticipated,<br />

characterized by exclusion, rejection, blame or <strong>de</strong>valuation that results<br />

119


from experience, perception or reasonable anticipation of an adverse social<br />

judgment about a person or group. This judgment is based on an enduring<br />

feature of i<strong>de</strong>ntity conferred by a health problem or health-related<br />

condition, and the judgment is in some essential way medically<br />

unwarranted. In addition to its application to persons or a group, the<br />

discriminatory social judgment may also be applied to the disease or<br />

<strong>de</strong>signated health problem itself with repercussions in social and health<br />

policy. Many conditions and symptoms from nervous ticks and stuttering<br />

to tuberculosis and leprosy carry stigmatizing connotations. It is more<br />

expedient to focus here on several illnesses in some <strong>de</strong>tails.<br />

Patients with HIV<br />

Stereotypes about HIV that are commonplace among the general<br />

public are also evi<strong>de</strong>nt in a surprising number of clinical staff. More than<br />

25 years after its discovery, HIV still has the power to generate a broad<br />

array of stigmatizing behavior. People infected with HIV have previously<br />

labeled <strong>de</strong>aling with stigma as the most significant social and<br />

psychological challenge of the HIV experience. Sufferers' experiences<br />

were categorized by the type of stigmatizing behavior that they<br />

experienced most often in the presence of health-care personnel. These<br />

categories were: lack of eye contact; assuming physical distance; using<br />

disdainful voice tone or inflection; asking confrontational questions;<br />

showing irritation, anger, nervousness, fear or panic; taking excessive<br />

precautions; scaring, mocking, blaming or ignoring patients; providing<br />

substandard care or <strong>de</strong>nying care, and being generally abusive.<br />

Patients with mental illnesses<br />

Patients with mental illnesses are stigmatized and suffer adverse<br />

consequences such as increased social isolation, limited life chances, and<br />

<strong>de</strong>creased access to treatment. In addition to poorer social functioning as<br />

assessed by housing and employment status, those with the stigma of<br />

mental illness also encounter a significant barrier to obtaining general<br />

medical care and to recovery from mental illness. Stigma also affects<br />

family members of persons with mental illness.<br />

Obese persons<br />

Negative attitu<strong>de</strong>s toward obese persons are pervasive in<br />

contemporary society. Numerous studies have documented harmful<br />

weightbased stereotypes that overweight and obese individuals are lazy,<br />

weak-willed, unsuccessful, unintelligent, lack self-discipline, have poor<br />

willpower, and are noncompliant with weightloss treatment. These<br />

120


stereotypes give way to stigma, prejudice, and discrimination against<br />

obese persons in multiple domains of living, including the workplace,<br />

health care facilities, educational institutions, the mass media, and even in<br />

close interpersonal relationships. Perhaps because weight stigma remains a<br />

socially acceptable form of bias, negative attitu<strong>de</strong>s and stereotypes toward<br />

obese persons have been frequently reported by employers, coworkers,<br />

teachers, physicians, nurses, medical stu<strong>de</strong>nts, dietitians, psychologists,<br />

peers, friends, family members,1–4 and even among children aged as<br />

young as 3 years.<br />

Discrimination<br />

Discrimination is the prejudicial treatment of an individual based<br />

solely on their membership in a certain group or category. Discrimination<br />

is the actual behavior towards members of another group. It involves<br />

excluding or restricting members of one group from opportunities that are<br />

available to other groups.<br />

There are two types of discrimination: direct discrimination and<br />

indirect discrimination.<br />

Direct discrimination is pretty straightforward in most cases. It<br />

happens when a person is <strong>de</strong>alt with unfairly on the basis of one of the<br />

grounds (compared with someone who doesn’t have that ground) and in<br />

one of the areas covered by the act.<br />

Examples:<br />

Somebody is asked at a job interview whether he/she has<br />

children. When he/she told the interviewer that has four children, she<br />

makes a remark about he/she needing a lot of time off work if they’re sick,<br />

and says he/she won’t be suitable for the position.<br />

An Aboriginal woman wanting to rent a house. When she arrives<br />

to inspect a house she is told it’s already been taken. The woman arranges<br />

for a non-Aboriginal friend to enquire about the house. She rings, is told<br />

it’s still available, looks at the house and is offered a lease. This is the<br />

third time this woman tried to rent a house through this agency. In spite of<br />

the fact she has a good tenancy record, each time she phone, she is told a<br />

house is available, and each time she meet one of the agents, she is told<br />

it’s been rented already.<br />

When a woman advises her employer that she is pregnant, she<br />

was moved to a lower-paying job out of the public view, because clients<br />

„don’t want to look at people in her condition”.<br />

121


Indirect discrimination is often less obvious. Sometimes, a policy,<br />

rule or practice seems fair because it applies to everyone equally, but a<br />

closer look shows that some people are being treated unfairly. This is<br />

because some people or groups of people are unable or less able to comply<br />

with the rule or are disadvantaged because of it.<br />

Examples:<br />

An employer has a policy of not letting any staff work part-time.<br />

(People with children or family responsibilities could be disadvantaged.)<br />

A public building, while fitted with lifts, has a set of six steps at the<br />

front entrance. Entry for those needing to use the lift is through the back<br />

entrance near the industrial bins. Those using a wheelchair can’t get into<br />

the building from the front entrance.)<br />

Minimum height requirements apply for jobs in a resort, for no<br />

apparent reason. (People from an Asian background, or women, may not<br />

be able to meet the requirement.)<br />

All information about workplace health and safety in a factory, is<br />

printed in English. (Those whose first language isn’t English may be at<br />

risk.).<br />

Unlike direct discrimination, indirect discrimination is not always<br />

intentionally perpetrated.<br />

In addition, direct discrimination proceeds from an individualistic,<br />

personal complaint to the situation faced, whereas indirect discrimination<br />

is concerned with group disadvantage and group rights.<br />

Now regulations and laws are in place in most Western countries<br />

to outlaw both direct and indirect discrimination. However, cases continue<br />

to arise which prove that discrimination still occurs.<br />

Discrimination behaviors can take many forms:<br />

Racial and ethnic discrimination - differentiates between<br />

individuals on the basis of real and perceived racial differences, and has<br />

been official government policy in several countries, such as South Africa<br />

in the apartheid era, and the USA. It is direct race discrimination to treat<br />

someone less favorably than someone else would be treated in the same<br />

circumstances, because of race. Racist abuse and harassment are forms of<br />

direct discrimination. Genoci<strong>de</strong> is the last step in a continuum of actions<br />

taken by those who are prejudiced. The first step of this continuum is<br />

discrimination and treating certain groups of people differently. The<br />

second step is isolation, such as the physical segregation of minorities in<br />

ghettos or setting up separate schools. The third step is persecution,<br />

122


followed by <strong>de</strong>humanization and violence. As example is the Holocaust<br />

tragedy, which was the <strong>de</strong>struction of European Jewry by the Nazis<br />

through an officially sanctioned, government-or<strong>de</strong>red, systematic plan of<br />

mass annihilation. As many as six million Jews died, almost two-thirds of<br />

the Jews of Europe.<br />

Linguistic discrimination is discrimination based on native<br />

language, usually in the language policy especially in education of a state<br />

that has one or several linguistic minorities. People are sometimes<br />

subjected to different treatment because their preferred language is<br />

associated with a particular group, class or category. Commonly, the<br />

preferred language is just another attribute of separate ethnic groups.<br />

Discrimination exists if there is prejudicial treatment against a person or a<br />

group of people who speak a particular language or dialect. Language<br />

discrimination is suggested to be labeled linguicism or logocism. Antidiscriminatory<br />

and inclusive efforts to accommodate persons who speak<br />

different languages or cannot have fluency in the country's predominant or<br />

"official" language, is bilingualism such as official documents in two<br />

languages, and multiculturalism in more than two languages.<br />

Examples:<br />

The Coptic language: At the turn of the 8th century,<br />

Caliph Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan <strong>de</strong>creed that Arabic replace Koine Greek<br />

and Coptic as the sole administrative language. Literary Coptic gradually<br />

<strong>de</strong>clined such that within a few hundred years, and suffered violent<br />

persecutions especially un<strong>de</strong>r the Mamluks, leading to its virtual extinction<br />

by the 17th century.<br />

Language policy of the British Empire in Ireland, Wales<br />

and Scotland: Cromwell's conquest, the long English colonization and<br />

Great Irish Famine ma<strong>de</strong> Irish a minority language by the end of 19th<br />

century. It had not official status until the establishment of Republic of<br />

Ireland. In Wales speaking of the Welsh language in schools was<br />

prohibited. Scottish Gaelic also had not official status until the end of 20th<br />

century. Scots was often treated as a mere dialect of English.<br />

Basque: Public usage of Basque was prohibited in Spain<br />

un<strong>de</strong>r Franco, 1939 to 1965. Galician and Catalan have similar histories.<br />

Kurdish: Kurdish remains banned in Syria. Until August<br />

2002, the Turkish government placed severe restrictions on the use of<br />

Kurdish, prohibiting the language in education and broadcast media.<br />

123


Russification: Un<strong>de</strong>r the Russian Empire there were some<br />

attempts in 1899-1917 to make Russian the only official language of<br />

Finland. In the Soviet Union, following the phase of Korenizatsiya<br />

("indigenization") and before Perestroika (late 1930s to late 1980s),<br />

Russian was termed as "the language of friendship of nations", to the<br />

disadvantage of other languages of the Soviet Union.<br />

Age discrimination - is discrimination on the grounds of age; can<br />

refer to the discrimination against any age group, usually comes in one of<br />

three forms: discrimination against youth (also called adultism),<br />

discrimination against those 40 years old or ol<strong>de</strong>r, and discrimination<br />

against el<strong>de</strong>rly people.<br />

Sex, Gen<strong>de</strong>r and Gen<strong>de</strong>r I<strong>de</strong>ntity discrimination - refers to<br />

beliefs and attitu<strong>de</strong>s in relation to the gen<strong>de</strong>r of a person, such beliefs and<br />

attitu<strong>de</strong>s are of a social nature and do not, normally, carry any legal<br />

consequences.<br />

Caste discrimination - currently, there are an estimated 160<br />

million Dalits or Scheduled Castes (formerly known as "untouchables") in<br />

India. Dalit people face severe problems, such as segregation and violence<br />

against them.<br />

Religious discrimination - Religious discrimination is valuing or<br />

treating a person or group differently because of what they do or do not<br />

believe. It is discrimination to treat you unfairly compared to someone<br />

else, because of your religion or belief. This is called direct discrimination<br />

and is illegal. Examples inclu<strong>de</strong>: refusing a bank loan because the person<br />

is Jewish; refusing to allow into a restaurant because the person is Muslim<br />

; dismissing from work because the person is Rastafarian.<br />

Disability discrimination - against people with disabilities in favor<br />

of people who are not, is called ableism or disablism. Disability<br />

discrimination, which treats non-disabled individuals as the standard of<br />

‘normal living’, results in public and private places and services,<br />

education, and social work that are built to serve 'standard' people, thereby<br />

excluding those with various disabilities.<br />

Example of direct discrimination because of disability: a pub<br />

allows a family with a child who has cerebral palsy to drink in their beer<br />

gar<strong>de</strong>n but not in their family room. The family with the disabled child is<br />

not given the same choices that other families have.<br />

Example of indirect discrimination: A local authority produces an<br />

information leaflet about its services for local people. It does not produce<br />

124


an easy-to-read version of the leaflet in or<strong>de</strong>r to save money. This would<br />

make it more difficult for someone with a learning disability to access the<br />

services and could amount to indirect discrimination.<br />

It is not count as a disability:<br />

Addiction to alcohol, nicotine or any other substance not<br />

prescribed by a doctor. However, damage to health caused by the addiction<br />

may be consi<strong>de</strong>red a disability.<br />

High fever.<br />

Certain personality disor<strong>de</strong>rs (for example exhibitionism,<br />

voyeurism or a ten<strong>de</strong>ncy to steal, set fires, or physically or sexually abuse<br />

other people).<br />

Tattoos and body piercing.<br />

6.3. Active Listening<br />

Effective communication is vital for people. If humans wish to<br />

construct good personal or professional relationships, to satisfy their<br />

needs, to accomplish their tasks, goals, <strong>de</strong>sire they must know how to<br />

communicate efficiently. What mean to communicate efficiently? There<br />

are many and different rules of efficient communication in different<br />

settings. But indifferently is communication occurring in personal or<br />

professional, interpersonal or collective setting it has to involve among<br />

other rules active listening in or<strong>de</strong>r to be efficient.<br />

The key to receiving messages effectively is listening. Active<br />

listening is an intent to "listen for meaning", and requires more than<br />

hearing words. It requires a <strong>de</strong>sire to un<strong>de</strong>rstand another human being,<br />

interpret, and evaluate what he or she heard; an attitu<strong>de</strong> of respect and<br />

acceptance, and a willingness to open one's mind to try and see things<br />

from another's point of view.<br />

The ability to listen actively can improve personal relationships<br />

through reducing conflicts, strengthening cooperation and fostering<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding. True listening requires that we suspend judgment,<br />

evaluation, and approval in an attempt to un<strong>de</strong>rstand another frame of<br />

reference, emotions, and attitu<strong>de</strong>s. Listening to un<strong>de</strong>rstand is, in<strong>de</strong>ed, a<br />

difficult task!<br />

When interacting, people often are not listening attentively to one<br />

another. They may be distracted, thinking about other things, or thinking<br />

125


about what they are going to say next (the latter case is particularly true in<br />

conflict situations or disagreements).<br />

Active listening is a structured way of listening and responding to<br />

others. It focuses attention on the speaker. Suspending one’s own frame of<br />

reference and suspending judgment are important in or<strong>de</strong>r to fully attend to<br />

the speaker.<br />

When we listen effectively we gain information that is valuable to<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding the problem as the other person sees it. We gain a greater<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of the other person's perception. After all, the truth is<br />

subjective and a matter of perception. When we have a <strong>de</strong>eper<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of another's perception, whether we agree with it or not, we<br />

hold the key to un<strong>de</strong>rstanding that person's motivation, attitu<strong>de</strong>, and<br />

behavior. We have a <strong>de</strong>eper un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of the problem and the<br />

potential paths for reaching agreement.<br />

Active listening involves and an effective attending which is a<br />

careful balance of alertness and relaxation that inclu<strong>de</strong>s appropriate body<br />

movement, eye contact, and "posture of involvement". Fully attending<br />

says to the speaker, "What you are saying is very important. I am totally<br />

present and intent on un<strong>de</strong>rstanding you". We create a posture of<br />

involvement by:<br />

- Leaning gently towards the speaker;<br />

- Facing the other person squarely;<br />

- Maintaining an open posture with arms and legs uncrossed;<br />

- Maintaining an appropriate distance between us and the speaker;<br />

- Moving our bodies in response to the speaker, i.e., appropriate<br />

head nodding, facial expressions.<br />

When we pay attention to a speaker's body language we gain insight<br />

into how that person is feeling as well as the intensity of the feeling.<br />

Through careful attention to body language and paraverbal messages, we<br />

are able to <strong>de</strong>velop hunches about what the speaker (or listener) is<br />

communicating. We can then, through our reflective listening skills, check<br />

the accuracy of those hunches by expressing in our own words, our<br />

impression of what is being communicated.<br />

Providing feedback is the most important active listening skill.<br />

Ask questions. Nod in agreement. Look the person straight in the eye.<br />

Lean forward. Be an animated listener. Focus on what the other person is<br />

saying. Repeat key points. Active listening is particularly important in<br />

<strong>de</strong>aling with an angry person. Encouraging the person to speak, i.e., to<br />

126


vent feelings, is essential to establishing communication with an angry<br />

person. Repeat what the person has said. Ask questions to encourage the<br />

person to say again what he or she seemed most anxious to say in the first<br />

place. An angry person will not start listening until they have "cooled"<br />

down. Telling an angry person to "cool" down often has the opposite<br />

effect. Getting angry with an angry person only assures that there are now<br />

two people not listening to what the other is saying.<br />

Reflective listening or responding is the process of restating, in<br />

our words, the feeling and/or content that is being expressed and is part of<br />

the verbal component of sending and receiving messages. By reflecting<br />

back to the speaker what we believe we un<strong>de</strong>rstand, we validate that<br />

person by giving them the experience of being heard and acknowledged.<br />

We also provi<strong>de</strong> an opportunity for the speaker to give us feedback about<br />

the accuracy of our perceptions, thereby increasing the effectiveness of our<br />

overall communication. Responses can take different forms. Some of the<br />

them are as followed.<br />

Paraphrasing<br />

This is a concise statement of the content of the speaker's message.<br />

A paraphrase should be brief, succinct, and focus on the facts or i<strong>de</strong>as of<br />

the message rather than the feeling. The paraphrase should be in the<br />

listener's own words rather than "parroting back", using the speaker's<br />

words.<br />

"You believe that Jane needs an instructional assistant because<br />

she isn't capable of working in<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>ntly."<br />

"You would like Bob to remain in first gra<strong>de</strong> because you think the<br />

activities would be more <strong>de</strong>velopmentally appropriate."<br />

"You do not want Beth to receive special education services<br />

because you think it would be humiliating for her to leave the classroom at<br />

any time."<br />

"You want to evaluate my child because you think he may have an<br />

emotional disability."<br />

Reflecting Feeling<br />

The listener concentrates on the feeling words and asks herself,<br />

"How would I be feeling if I was having that experience?" She then<br />

restates or paraphrases the feeling of what she has heard in a manner that<br />

conveys un<strong>de</strong>rstanding.<br />

"You are very worried about the impact that an evaluation might<br />

have on Lisa's self esteem".<br />

127


"You are frustrated because <strong>de</strong>aling with Ben has taken up so<br />

much of your time, you feel like you've ignored your other stu<strong>de</strong>nts."<br />

"You feel extremely angry about the lack of communication you<br />

have had in regards to Joe's failing gra<strong>de</strong>s."<br />

"You're upset because you haven't been able to get in touch with<br />

me when I'm at work."<br />

Summarizing<br />

The listener pulls together the main i<strong>de</strong>as and feelings of the<br />

speaker to show un<strong>de</strong>rstanding. This skill is used after a consi<strong>de</strong>rable<br />

amount of information sharing has gone on and shows that the listener<br />

grasps the total meaning of the message. It also helps the speaker gain an<br />

integrated picture of what she has been saying.<br />

"You're frustrated and angry that the assessment has taken so long and<br />

confused about why the referral wasn't ma<strong>de</strong> earlier since that is what you<br />

thought had happened. You are also willing to consi<strong>de</strong>r additional evaluation<br />

if you can choose the provi<strong>de</strong>r and the school district will pay for it".<br />

"You're worried that my son won't make a<strong>de</strong>quate progress in<br />

reading if he doesn't receive special services. And you feel that he needs to<br />

be getting those services in the resource room for at least 30 minutes each<br />

day because the reading groups in the classroom are bigger and wouldn't<br />

provi<strong>de</strong> the type of instruction you think he needs."<br />

Questioning<br />

The listener asks open en<strong>de</strong>d questions (questions which can't be<br />

answered with a "yes" or a "no") to get information and clarification. This<br />

helps focus the speaker on the topic, encourages the speaker to talk, and<br />

provi<strong>de</strong>s the speaker the opportunity to give feedback.<br />

"Can you tell us more about Johnny's experience when he's in the<br />

regular classroom?"<br />

"How was it for Susie when she ro<strong>de</strong> the special ed. bus for those<br />

two weeks?"<br />

"Tell us more about the afterschool tutoring sessions."<br />

"What kinds of skills do you think are important for Jim to learn in<br />

a social skills class?"<br />

"Could you explain why you think itís difficult for Ben to be on the<br />

playground for an hour?"<br />

"I'm confused - are you worried that the testing may mean time out<br />

of the classroom for Jim or is there something else?"<br />

128


6.4. Barriers and Solutions for Effective Medical Communication<br />

In the first paragraph of this chapter we make the general approach<br />

to the topic of communication barriers. The barriers discussed can be met<br />

in any professional setting. And they are met in medical context also but<br />

with some peculiarities proper to medical profession.<br />

Barriers and solution for effective communication between<br />

physician and patient<br />

While the majority of doctors seek to encourage open and<br />

informative dialogue with patients, it is recognized that episo<strong>de</strong>s of poor<br />

communication occur. There are a number of barriers to communication<br />

ranging from personal traits to organizational:<br />

A lack of skill and un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of the structures of<br />

conversational interaction. For example, the importance of providing<br />

accessible information in a language that is tailored to the patient, giving<br />

structured explanations and listening to patients’ views, thereby<br />

encouraging two-way communication.<br />

Ina<strong>de</strong>quate knowledge of, or training in, other communication<br />

skills including body language and speed of speech. Problems may be<br />

caused by insufficient personal insight into communication difficulties. In<br />

some cases communication will be hampered by factors as straightforward<br />

as poorly laid out furniture.<br />

Doctors un<strong>de</strong>rvaluing the importance of communicating. For<br />

example, not appreciating the importance of keeping patients a<strong>de</strong>quately<br />

informed. In some cases this will stem from a wi<strong>de</strong>r imbalance in the<br />

relationship between doctor and patient.<br />

Negative attitu<strong>de</strong>s of doctors towards communication. For<br />

example, giving it a low priority due to a concern primarily to treat illness<br />

rather than focusing on the patient’s holistic needs such as psychological<br />

and social wellbeing. This is often an artificial distinction since health and<br />

ill health tend to be composed of physical, psychological and social<br />

components. A lack of inclination to communicate with patients can be<br />

due to lack of time, uncomfortable topics, lack of confi<strong>de</strong>nce and concerns<br />

relating to confi<strong>de</strong>ntiality lack of knowledge about the illness/condition or<br />

treatment. The last need not be a barrier to effective communication so<br />

long as doctors are honest about the limitations of their knowledge.<br />

Doctors should recognize that in many cases patients may be as<br />

knowledgeable or insightful about their own conditions as the doctor<br />

129


human failings, such as tiredness and stress inconsistency in providing<br />

information language barriers.<br />

I<strong>de</strong>ntifying the specific factors inhibiting good communication<br />

should be mentioned that these are overcoming by the mean of<br />

communication skills training and reflection.<br />

Good communication skills expected of healthcare workers<br />

inclu<strong>de</strong> the ability to:<br />

o talk to patients, carers and colleagues effectively and clearly,<br />

conveying and receiving the inten<strong>de</strong>d message;<br />

o providing patients and others with a<strong>de</strong>quate information;<br />

o handling complaints appropriately;<br />

o enable patients and their carers to communicate effectively;<br />

o listen effectively especially when time is pressured;<br />

o i<strong>de</strong>ntify potential communication difficulties and work through<br />

solutions;<br />

o un<strong>de</strong>rstand the differing methods of communication used by<br />

individuals;<br />

o un<strong>de</strong>rstand that there are differences in communication signals<br />

between cultures;<br />

o cope in specific difficult circumstances;<br />

o un<strong>de</strong>rstand how to use and receive non verbal messages given by body<br />

language;<br />

o utilize spoken, written and electronic methods of communication;<br />

o know when the information received needs to be passed on to another<br />

person/professional for action;<br />

o know and interpret the information nee<strong>de</strong>d to be recor<strong>de</strong>d on patients<br />

records, writing discharge letters, copying letters to patients and<br />

gaining informed consent;<br />

o recognize the need for further <strong>de</strong>velopment to acquire specialist skills.<br />

Barriers and solution for effective communication in medical team<br />

Health professionals tend to work autonomously, even though they<br />

may speak of being part of a team. Efforts to improve health care safety<br />

and quality are often jeopardized by the communication and collaboration<br />

barriers that exist between clinical staff. Although every organization is<br />

unique, the barriers to effective communication that organizations face<br />

have some common themes. There are some common barriers to interprofessional<br />

communication and collaboration:<br />

Personal values and expectations,<br />

130


Personality differences,<br />

Hierarchy ,<br />

Disruptive behavior,<br />

Culture and ethnicity,<br />

Gen<strong>de</strong>r,<br />

Historical interprofessional and intraprofessional rivalries,<br />

Differences in schedules and professional routines,<br />

Varying levels of preparation, qualifications, and status,<br />

Differences in requirements, regulations, and norms of<br />

professional education,<br />

Fears of diluted professional i<strong>de</strong>ntity,<br />

Differences in accountability, payment, and rewards,<br />

Concerns regarding clinical responsibility,<br />

Emphasis on rapid <strong>de</strong>cision making.<br />

The indicated barriers can occur within disciplines, most notably<br />

between physicians and resi<strong>de</strong>nts, surgeons and anesthesiologists, and<br />

nurses and nurse managers etc. However, most often the barriers manifest<br />

between nurses and physicians. Even though doctors and nurses interact<br />

numerous times a day, they often have different perceptions of their roles<br />

and responsibilities as to patient needs, and thus different goals for patient<br />

care. One barrier compounding this issue is that because many clinicians<br />

come from a variety of cultural backgrounds. In all interactions, cultural<br />

differences can exacerbate communication problems. For example, in<br />

some cultures, individuals refrain from being assertive or challenging<br />

opinions openly. As a result, it is very difficult for nurses from such<br />

cultures to speak up if they see something wrong. In cultures such as these,<br />

nurses may communicate their concern in very indirect ways. Culture<br />

barriers can also hin<strong>de</strong>r nonverbal communication. For example, some<br />

cultures ascribe specific meaning to eye contact, certain facial expressions,<br />

touch, tone of voice, and nods of the head.<br />

Issues around gen<strong>de</strong>r differences in communication styles, values,<br />

and expectations are common in all workplace situations. In the health<br />

care industry, where most physicians are male and most nurses are female,<br />

communication problems are further accentuated by gen<strong>de</strong>r differences.<br />

A review of the organizational communication literature shows<br />

that a common barrier to effective communication and collaboration is<br />

hierarchies. The communication failures in the medical setting arise from<br />

vertical hierarchical differences, concerns with upward influence, role<br />

131


conflict, and ambiguity and struggles with interpersonal power and<br />

conflict. Communication is likely to be distorted or withheld in situations<br />

where there are hierarchical differences between two communicators,<br />

particularly when one person is concerned about appearing incompetent,<br />

does not want to offend the other, or perceives that the other is not open to<br />

communication.<br />

In health care environments characterized by a hierarchical culture,<br />

physicians are at the top of that hierarchy. Consequently, they may feel that<br />

the environment is collaborative and that communication is open while nurses<br />

and other direct care staff perceive communication problems. Hierarchy<br />

differences can come into play and diminish the collaborative interactions<br />

necessary to ensure that the proper treatments are <strong>de</strong>livered appropriately.<br />

When hierarchy differences exist, people on the lower end of the hierarchy<br />

tend to be uncomfortable speaking up about problems or concerns.<br />

Intimidating behavior by individuals at the top of a hierarchy can hin<strong>de</strong>r<br />

communication and give the impression that the individual is unapproachable.<br />

Staff who witness poor performance in their peers may be hesitant<br />

to speak up because of fear of retaliation or the impression that speaking<br />

up will not do any good. Relationships between the individuals providing<br />

patient care can have a powerful influence on how and even if important<br />

information is communicated. Research has shown that <strong>de</strong>lays in patient<br />

care and recurring problems from unresolved disputes are often the byproduct<br />

of physician-nurse disagreement. Nurses are either reluctant or<br />

refuse to call physicians, even in the face of a <strong>de</strong>teriorating status in<br />

patient care. Reasons for this inclu<strong>de</strong> intimidation, fear of getting into a<br />

confrontational or antagonistic discussion, lack of confi<strong>de</strong>ntiality, fear of<br />

retaliation, and the fact that nothing ever seems to change. Many of these<br />

issues have to <strong>de</strong>al more with personality and communication style.<br />

The major concern about disruptive behaviors is the potential<br />

negative impact they can have on patient care. In condition of the high rate<br />

fervency of such behavior the high responsibility lay on the shoul<strong>de</strong>rs of<br />

heath managers. Lea<strong>de</strong>rs in both medicine and nursing are obliged to issue<br />

initiatives for the <strong>de</strong>velopment of a cooperative rather than a competitive<br />

agenda to benefit patient care. A powerful incentive for greater teamwork<br />

among professionals is created by directing attention to the areas where<br />

changes are likely to result in measurable improvements for the patients<br />

they serve together, rather than concentrating on what, on the surface,<br />

seem to be irreconcilable professional differences. The fact that most<br />

132


health professionals have at least one characteristic in common, a personal<br />

<strong>de</strong>sire to learn, and that they have at least one shared value, to meet the<br />

needs of their patients or clients, is a good place to start.<br />

► Exercises and Discussions:<br />

1.What are the barriers in communication?<br />

2.Give the <strong>de</strong>finition of terms “stereotype”, “stigmatization”, “and<br />

discrimination”. Describe the effects of discrimination in health care.<br />

3.What involve and active listening? Find the other rules besi<strong>de</strong>s active<br />

listening for an efficient communication.<br />

4.What are the barriers in communication between physician and<br />

patient? How can be they overcome?<br />

5.What the communication skills need physicians?<br />

6.What are the impediments of good collaboration in medical team?<br />

7.How to construct good team collaboration in medical setting?<br />

8.What communication skills need a manager in health area?<br />

► Recommen<strong>de</strong>d Essays<br />

1. Genoci<strong>de</strong>, from history to solutions<br />

2. Stigma and Discrimination in Health Care Service<br />

3. Causes and consequences of HIV patients stigmatization<br />

4. Good management of medical team<br />

► Literature:<br />

1. Aggleton Peter, Wood Kate, Malcolm Anne. HIV - Related Stigma,<br />

Discrimination and Human Rights Violations. WHO Library Cataloguingin-Publication<br />

Data. UNAIDS. Geneva, 2005.<br />

2. Burnard Ph. Effective communication skills for health professionals.<br />

Nelson Thornes, 1997.<br />

3. Hogan K, Stubbs R. Can't Get Through: 8 Barriers to Communication.<br />

Pelican Publishing, 2003.<br />

4. Macrae Neil C., Stangor Charles, Hewstone Miles. Stereotypes and<br />

stereotyping. Guilford Press, 1996.<br />

5. Fishbein Harold D. Peer prejudice and discrimination: the origins of<br />

prejudice. Routledge, 2002.<br />

6. Ray Berlin Eileen, Donohew Lewis. Communication and health:<br />

systems and applications. Routledge, 1989.<br />

7. Ray Berlin Eileen. Case studies in health communication. Routledge,<br />

1993.<br />

8. Thompson Teresa L.. Handbook of health communication. Routledge,<br />

2003.<br />

133


7.1. The Concept of Culture<br />

Behavior and Cultural Contexts<br />

134<br />

Chapter 7<br />

Culture is the sum of all the forms of art, of love,<br />

and of thought, which, in the course or centuries,<br />

have enabled man to be less enslaved<br />

Andre Malraux<br />

The concept of culture has a long and complicated story.<br />

Nowadays is accounted more than one hundred meaning or <strong>de</strong>finition of it.<br />

The word culture comes from the Latin root colere (to inhabit, to cultivate,<br />

or to honor). So the firstly this concept connoted a process of cultivation or<br />

improvement, as in agriculture. Cicero, the roman ancient philosopher<br />

used an agricultural metaphor to <strong>de</strong>scribe the <strong>de</strong>velopment of a<br />

philosophical soul, which was un<strong>de</strong>rstood teleologically as the one natural<br />

highest possible i<strong>de</strong>al for human <strong>de</strong>velopment. In other words Cicero<br />

<strong>de</strong>fines culture as <strong>de</strong>velopment or improvement of the mind by education.<br />

In the nineteenth century, humanists such as English poet and essayist<br />

Matthew Arnold used the word "culture" to refer to an i<strong>de</strong>al of individual<br />

human refinement, of "the best that has been thought and said in the<br />

world." Thus culture is the quality in a person or society that arises from a<br />

concern for what is regar<strong>de</strong>d as excellent in arts, letters, manners,<br />

scholarly pursuits, etc.<br />

Sir Edward B. Tylor in 1871 gave the very cited especially by<br />

anthropologist <strong>de</strong>finition of culture. He said "culture or civilization, is that<br />

complex whole which inclu<strong>de</strong>s knowledge, belief, art, morals, law,<br />

custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a<br />

member of society". In the 20th century "culture" emerged as the central<br />

and unifying concept of American anthropology, where it most commonly<br />

refers to the universal human capacity to classify and enco<strong>de</strong> their<br />

experiences symbolically, and communicate symbolically enco<strong>de</strong>d<br />

experiences socially. In 2002 United Nations agency UNESCO states that<br />

culture is the "set of distinctive spiritual, material, intellectual and


emotional features of society or a social group and that it encompasses, in<br />

addition to art and literature, lifestyles, ways of living together, value<br />

systems, traditions and beliefs".<br />

Analyzing the mentioned <strong>de</strong>finitions it is possible to conclu<strong>de</strong> that<br />

culture is a quality of an individual, social organization, social group (i.e.<br />

ethnic, or age group) or society as a hole to share the systems of symbols,<br />

beliefs, attitu<strong>de</strong>s, values, expectations, and norms of behavior. Culture is a<br />

quality acquired by the means of education and it is a quality which makes<br />

the difference between humans and animals, between individuals of one<br />

community, between organization, social groups and societies (of the same<br />

or different epochs).<br />

7.2. Etiquette and Cultural Differences<br />

Etiquette is French word that literally means ticket of admission.<br />

Etiquette is a co<strong>de</strong> of behavior that <strong>de</strong>lineates expectations for social<br />

behavior according to conventional norms within a society, social class, or<br />

group. Rules of etiquette encompass most aspects of social interaction in<br />

any society, though the term itself is not commonly used. A rule of<br />

etiquette may reflect an un<strong>de</strong>rlying ethical co<strong>de</strong>, or it may reflect a<br />

person's fashion or status. Rules of etiquette are usually unwritten, but<br />

aspects of etiquette have been codified from time to time.<br />

Etiquette evolves within culture. Thus etiquette is a component<br />

part of culture. It is <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt on culture. What is excellent etiquette in<br />

one society may shock another. The Dutch painter Andries Both shows<br />

that the hunt for head lice (illustration, right), which had been a civilized<br />

grooming occupation in the early Middle Ages, a bonding experience that<br />

reinforced the comparative rank of two people, one groomed, one<br />

groomer, had become a peasant occupation by 1630. The painter portrays<br />

the familiar operation matter-of-factly, without the disdain this subject<br />

would have received in a nineteenth-century representation.<br />

Etiquette could vary wi<strong>de</strong>ly between different cultures and nations.<br />

In China, a person who takes the last item of food from a common plate or<br />

bowl without first offering it to others at the table may be seen as a glutton<br />

and insulting the generosity of the host. In America a guest is expected to<br />

eat all of the food given to them, as a compliment to the quality of the<br />

cooking.<br />

The term etiquette is used interchangeable with word manners<br />

which is <strong>de</strong>fine as the unenforced standards of conduct which show the<br />

135


actor that you are proper, polite, and refined. They are like laws in that<br />

they codify or set a standard for human behavior, but they are unlike laws<br />

in that there is no formal system for punishing transgressions, other than<br />

social disapproval. They are a kind of norm. What is consi<strong>de</strong>red<br />

"mannerly" is highly susceptible to change with time, geographical<br />

location, social stratum, occasion, and other factors. That manners matter<br />

is evi<strong>de</strong>nced by the fact that large books have been written on the subject,<br />

advice columns frequently <strong>de</strong>al with questions of mannerly behavior, and<br />

that schools have existed for the sole purpose of teaching manners. A lady<br />

is a term frequently used for a woman who follows proper manners; the<br />

term gentleman is used as a male counterpart; though these terms are also<br />

often used for members of a particular social class.<br />

Politeness is best expressed as the practical application of good<br />

manners or etiquette. It is a culturally <strong>de</strong>fined phenomenon, and therefore<br />

what is consi<strong>de</strong>red polite in one culture can sometimes be quite ru<strong>de</strong> or<br />

simply strange in another cultural context.<br />

While the goal of politeness is to make all of the parties relaxed<br />

and comfortable with one another, these culturally <strong>de</strong>fined standards at<br />

times may be manipulated to inflict shame on a <strong>de</strong>signated party.<br />

The British social anthropologists Penelope Brown and Stephen<br />

Levinson i<strong>de</strong>ntified two kinds of politeness:<br />

Negative politeness: Making a request less infringing, such as<br />

"If you don't mind..." or "If it isn't too much trouble..."; respects a person's<br />

right to act freely. In other words, <strong>de</strong>ference. There is a greater use of<br />

indirect speech acts.<br />

Positive politeness: Seeks to establish a positive relationship<br />

between parties; respects a person's need to be liked and un<strong>de</strong>rstood.<br />

Direct speech acts, swearing and flouting maxims can be consi<strong>de</strong>red<br />

aspects of positive politeness because:<br />

o they show an awareness that the relationship is strong enough<br />

to cope with what would normally be consi<strong>de</strong>red impolite (in the popular<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of the term);<br />

o they articulate an awareness of the other person's values,<br />

which fulfills the person's <strong>de</strong>sire to be accepted.<br />

Some cultures seem to prefer one of these kinds of politeness over<br />

the other. To be polite in one culture or society mean to know and to<br />

follow the etiquette accepted in them.<br />

Examples of etiquette:<br />

136


If invited to dinner, in some Asian countries it is wellmannered<br />

to leave right after the dinner: the ones who don’t leave may<br />

indicate they have not eaten enough. In the Indian sub-continent, Europe,<br />

South America, and North American countries this is consi<strong>de</strong>red ru<strong>de</strong>,<br />

indicating that the guest only wanted to eat but wouldn’t enjoy the<br />

company with the hosts.<br />

In Mediterranean European countries, Latin America, and<br />

Sub-Saharan Africa, it is normal, or at least wi<strong>de</strong>ly tolerated, to arrive half<br />

an hour late for a dinner invitation, whereas in Germany and in the United<br />

States this would be consi<strong>de</strong>red very ru<strong>de</strong>.<br />

Showing the thumb held upwards in certain parts of the world<br />

means "everything's ok", while it is un<strong>de</strong>rstood in some Islamic countries<br />

(as well as Sardinia) as a ru<strong>de</strong> sexual sign. Additionally, the thumb is held<br />

up to signify "one" in France and certain other European countries, where<br />

the in<strong>de</strong>x finger is used to signify "one" in other cultures.<br />

In Africa, Arab cultures, and certain countries in South<br />

America (not in Brazil), saying to a female friend one has not seen for a<br />

while that she has put on weight means she is physically healthier than<br />

before, whereas this would be consi<strong>de</strong>red an insult in India, Europe, North<br />

America, Australia, and Brazil.<br />

In Africa and Asian countries, avoiding eye contact or<br />

looking at the ground when talking to one's parents, an el<strong>de</strong>r, or someone<br />

of higher social status is a sign of respect. In contrast, these same actions<br />

are signals of <strong>de</strong>ception or shame (on the part of the doer) in North<br />

America and most of Europe.<br />

In African, South American and Mediterranean cultures,<br />

talking and laughing loudly in the streets and public places is wi<strong>de</strong>ly<br />

accepted, whereas in some Asian cultures it is consi<strong>de</strong>red ru<strong>de</strong> and may be<br />

seen as a mark of self-centeredness or attention-seeking.<br />

In this context is opportune to ask the question: how is possible the<br />

communication between communicators belonging to different cultures?<br />

With such an interrogation is <strong>de</strong>aling discipline called cross-cultural<br />

communication.<br />

7.3. The Conflict – Definition and Resolution<br />

In first paragraph of this chapter is said that culture as system of<br />

values, attitu<strong>de</strong>s, beliefs, expectations, norms and principles of behavior<br />

make the difference between us as humans and as representatives of<br />

137


diverse communities. The differences can be source of tension and finally<br />

the source of conflict. In what will follow we will try to clarify the nature<br />

of conflict.<br />

What is a conflict? The term "conflict" has been <strong>de</strong>fined as<br />

"intense interpersonal and/or intrapersonal dissonance (tension or<br />

antagonism) between two or more parties based on incompatible goals,<br />

needs, <strong>de</strong>sires, values, beliefs, and/or attitu<strong>de</strong>s. Conflict can appear as<br />

Racial and Cross Cultural Issues - Interracial conflict, Cross-racial<br />

confrontations, Religious conflict. Nevertheless it is present in such areas<br />

as: Neighborhood – Noise, Pets, Shared common areas, Disturbances<br />

(except for domestic violence); Housing - Landlord/Tenant,<br />

Roommate/Roommate, Mobile Home Parks; Family - Parent/Teen, Youth,<br />

Peer Relations; Organization - Private Nonprofit Agencies, Community<br />

Groups, Home Owner Associations, Neighborhood Groups.<br />

The conflict response styles<br />

People may appreciate the same situation in different ways, and so<br />

respond differently to the conflict situation. According to Turner and<br />

Weed (1983), there are several response styles to conflict and classified<br />

them as follows:<br />

1. Style of addressers. Addressers are the people who are willing to<br />

take initiatives and risk to resolve conflicts by getting their opponents to<br />

agree with them on some issues. Addressers can either be first-steppers or<br />

confronters: A) First-steppers are those who believe that some trust has to<br />

be established to settle conflicts. They offer to make a gesture of affability,<br />

agreeableness or sympathy with the other person's views in exchange for a<br />

similar response. B) Confronters think that things are so bad that they<br />

have nothing to lose by a confrontation. They might be confronting<br />

because they have authority and a safe position, which reduces their<br />

vulnerability to any loss.<br />

2. Style of concealers. Concealers take no risk and so say nothing.<br />

They conceal their views and feelings. Concealers can be of three kinds: a)<br />

Feeling-swallowers swallow their feelings. They smile even if the<br />

situation is causing them pain and distress. They behave thus because they<br />

consi<strong>de</strong>r the approval of other people important and feel that it would be<br />

dangerous to affront them by revealing their true feelings. B) Subjectchangers<br />

find the real issue too difficult to handle. They change the topic<br />

by finding something on which there can be some agreement with the<br />

conflicting party. This response style usually does not solve the problem.<br />

138


Instead, it can create problems for the people who use this and for the<br />

organization in which such people are working. C) Avoi<strong>de</strong>rs often go out<br />

of their way to avoid conflicts.<br />

3. Style of attackers. Attackers cannot keep their feelings to<br />

themselves. They are angry for one or another reason, even though it may<br />

not be anyone's fault. They express their feelings by attacking whatever<br />

they can even, though that may not be the cause of their distress. Attackers<br />

may be up-front or behind-the-back: a) Up-front attackers are the angry<br />

people who attack openly; they make work more pleasant for the person<br />

who is the target, since their attack usually generates sympathy, support<br />

and agreement for the target. B) Behind-the-back attackers are difficult to<br />

handle because the target person is not sure of the source of any criticism,<br />

nor even always sure that there is criticism.<br />

Types of conflict management<br />

Out of conflict styles response there are also studied the style of<br />

conflict management. Conflict management is a process in which conflict<br />

is used as a <strong>de</strong>liberate personal, social, or organizational tool. Reg Adkins<br />

consi<strong>de</strong>rs that there are at least four such styles, no one superior than other,<br />

but all <strong>de</strong>pend on the people, environment and the context: Competing;<br />

Avoiding; Harmonizing; Compromising.<br />

The avoiding style of conflict management is a nonconfrontational<br />

approach to problems. It involves passive behaviors such<br />

as withdrawing or si<strong>de</strong> stepping issues of contention in or<strong>de</strong>r to avoid<br />

issues which might be harmful to relationships involved. This approach is<br />

best used when disagreements <strong>de</strong>velop from minor unimportant issues.<br />

This is a useful technique when time is nee<strong>de</strong>d in or<strong>de</strong>r to gather additional<br />

information for informed <strong>de</strong>cision making. Unfortunately, sometimes the<br />

problems that are not quickly addressed tend to grow over time.<br />

Relationships can be damaged by unresolved issues. Overuse of this style<br />

can lead us into giving up too many of our personal goals and enable<br />

others to take advantage of us.<br />

The competing style of conflict management is an authoritarian<br />

approach to problems and involves only one si<strong>de</strong> getting their say. It is<br />

goal oriented and quick. It is most effective in conflict which involves<br />

personal differences that are unlikely to change. It is valuable as a counter<br />

measure in situations where others are likely to take advantage of those<br />

who display a non-competitive nature. It is also valuable in circumstances<br />

which require a quick <strong>de</strong>cision. Finally, one of its greatest values is in<br />

139


making unpopular <strong>de</strong>cisions which need to be implemented. The down<br />

si<strong>de</strong> of the mo<strong>de</strong>l is the hostility it has a ten<strong>de</strong>ncy to breed in those on the<br />

losing si<strong>de</strong>. This is especially true when it is the only style of conflict<br />

management being utilized.<br />

The harmonizing style of conflict management puts the<br />

relationship of the interacting parties before the conflict at hand. When<br />

utilizing this technique you may find yourself giving in to the other person<br />

for the sake of the relationship. There are two situations in which this<br />

technique is particularly useful. One is when we are caught off guard by<br />

the conflict and the other party is well prepared. In these circumstances<br />

when we find ourselves situationally outmatched the technique allows us<br />

to save face and move forward. As second instance in which this technique<br />

is valuable is in the client service mo<strong>de</strong>l. It is nearly always more<br />

important to maintain a positive relationship with a client than it is to be<br />

victorious in a confrontation. This is especially true if you are goal<br />

oriented toward repeat business. On the other hand, when this technique is<br />

over used it can manifest some negative results. If you find yourself over<br />

utilizing this strategy and always putting the needs of other before your<br />

own you will find yourself with a buildup of feelings of resentment.<br />

Another negative result occurs when <strong>de</strong>aling with the unscrupulous. Those<br />

persons who perceive this technique as a weakness will always put their<br />

own interest in the self before the good of the many.<br />

Compromise is a technique often known as the "middle ground"<br />

approach. It supposes a negotiation process in which both parties give up<br />

something they want. Whatever one si<strong>de</strong> gets, the other si<strong>de</strong> loses. Neither<br />

si<strong>de</strong> gets what they want but both si<strong>de</strong>s make concessions in or<strong>de</strong>r to reach<br />

a conclusion that is equally acceptable to both. It is most useful when both<br />

parties are of equal stature and there is no simple solution. Unfortunately,<br />

no one is ever really satisfied with the results of this technique. But, at<br />

least both parties are equally dissatisfied.<br />

Ways of Conflict resolution<br />

The term "conflict resolution" refers to a range of processes<br />

aimed at alleviating or eliminating sources of conflict. Conflict resolution<br />

aims to end conflicts before they start or before they lead to verbal,<br />

physical, or legal fighting. This is different from conflict management, in<br />

which conflict is used as a <strong>de</strong>liberate personal, social, or organizational<br />

tool. Though conflict management is the more common road, it is not<br />

popular with practitioners of conflict resolution; it is better to avoid the<br />

140


conflict at the start. As pioneering self-help author Napoleon Hill said:<br />

“The most important job is that of learning how to negotiate with others<br />

without friction.”<br />

Duke Ellington had it right when he said, “A problem is a chance<br />

for you to do your best.” To <strong>de</strong>al with conflict successfully, be concerned<br />

about your own outcomes and also the outcomes for the other party.<br />

Processes of conflict resolution generally inclu<strong>de</strong> negotiation,<br />

mediation, collaborative law, and arbitration.<br />

The salient features of each type are as follows:<br />

1. In negotiation, participation is voluntary and there is no third<br />

party who facilitates the resolution process or imposes a<br />

resolution.<br />

2. In mediation, there is a third party, a mediator, who facilitates the<br />

resolution process (and may even suggest a resolution, typically<br />

known as a "mediator's proposal"), but does not impose a<br />

resolution on the parties.<br />

3. In collaborative law, each party has an attorney who facilitates<br />

the resolution process within specifically contracted terms. The<br />

parties reach agreement with support of the attorneys (who are<br />

trained in the process) and mutually-agreed experts. No one<br />

imposes a resolution on the parties.<br />

4. In arbitration, participation is typically voluntary, and there is a<br />

third party who, as a private judge, imposes a resolution.<br />

Arbitrations often occur because parties to contracts agree that any<br />

future dispute concerning the agreement will be resolved by<br />

arbitration.<br />

Beyond the peculiarities of each form of conflict resolution there<br />

are some common used strategies for conflict solving. Among success<br />

strategies for conflict resolution are following directives:<br />

Have a high concern for both your own and the other party’s<br />

outcomes, and attempt to i<strong>de</strong>ntify mutually beneficial solutions.<br />

Know and take care of yourself.<br />

o Un<strong>de</strong>rstand your perceptual filters, biases, and triggers.<br />

o Create a personally-affirming environment for yourself before<br />

addressing the conflict (sleep, eat, seek counsel, etc.).<br />

Clarify personal needs threatened by the conflict.<br />

o Know your substantive, procedural, and psychological needs.<br />

o Determine your “<strong>de</strong>sired outcomes” from a negotiated process.<br />

141


I<strong>de</strong>ntify a safe place to meet and negotiate.<br />

o Arrange an appropriate space for the discussion that is private and<br />

neutral.<br />

o Gain mutual consent to negotiate and ensure the time is<br />

convenient for all parties.<br />

o Consi<strong>de</strong>r if support people would be beneficial (for example,<br />

facilitators, mediators, advocates, etc.).<br />

o Agree to ground rules.<br />

Take a listening stance.<br />

o “Seek first to un<strong>de</strong>rstand, then to be un<strong>de</strong>rstood.”<br />

o Use active listening skills, and listen loudly.<br />

Assert your needs clearly and specifically.<br />

o Use “I-messages” as tools for clarification.<br />

o Build from what you have heard; continue to listen loudly and<br />

actively.<br />

Approach the interaction with flexibility.<br />

o I<strong>de</strong>ntify issues clearly and concisely.<br />

o Participate in generating options (brainstorming), while <strong>de</strong>ferring<br />

judgment.<br />

o Be open and don’t get distracted by “tangents” and other problem<br />

<strong>de</strong>finitions.<br />

o Clarify criteria for <strong>de</strong>cision-making.<br />

Manage impasses with calm, patience, and respectful behavior.<br />

o Clarify feelings.<br />

o Focus on un<strong>de</strong>rlying needs, interests, and concerns.<br />

o Take a structured break if nee<strong>de</strong>d.<br />

Build an agreement that works.<br />

o Review “hallmarks” of a good agreement.<br />

o Implement and evaluate—live and learn.<br />

Using these techniques can improve the outcome of a conflict<br />

resolution process for everyone concerned.<br />

7.4. Intercultural Communication<br />

We live in multicultural world, in which cultural differences could<br />

be and are the source of <strong>de</strong>ep interpersonal, institutional, group and social<br />

conflicts. The ways of conflict resolution mentioned above imply<br />

communication. How must be the communication process between<br />

cultures is a complex question address by Cross-cultural communication<br />

142


(also frequently referred to as intercultural communication) - a field of<br />

study that looks at how people from differing cultural backgrounds<br />

en<strong>de</strong>avor to communication. Besi<strong>de</strong> that the significant objective of this<br />

discipline is to produce intercultural communication principles <strong>de</strong>signed<br />

to gui<strong>de</strong> the process of exchanging meaningful and unambiguous<br />

information across cultural boundaries, in a way that preserves mutual<br />

respect and minimizes antagonism.<br />

Rules of efficient Intercultural Communication<br />

1. The key to effective cross-cultural communication is knowledge.<br />

It is essential that people research the cultures and communication<br />

conventions of those whom they propose to meet. This will minimize the<br />

risk of making the elementary mistakes.<br />

2. When language skills are not high or unequal, clarifying one’s<br />

meaning in five ways will improve communication:<br />

avoid using slang and idioms, choosing words that will convey<br />

only the most specific <strong>de</strong>notative meaning;<br />

listen carefully and, if in doubt, ask for confirmation of<br />

un<strong>de</strong>rstanding (particularly important if local accents and<br />

pronunciation are a problem);<br />

recognize that accenting and intonation can cause meaning to vary<br />

significantly;<br />

respect the local communication formalities and styles, and watch<br />

for any changes in body language;<br />

Investigate their culture's perception of your culture by reading<br />

literature about your culture through their eyes before entering into<br />

communication with them. This will allow you to prepare yourself<br />

for projected views of your culture you will be bearing as a visitor<br />

in their culture.<br />

3. If it is not possible to learn the other's language, it is expedient to<br />

show some respect by learning a few words. In all important exchanges, a<br />

translator can convey the message.<br />

4. It is essential that people un<strong>de</strong>rstand the potential problems of<br />

cross-cultural communication, and makes a conscious effort to overcome<br />

these problems. It is important to assume that one’s efforts will not always<br />

be successful, and adjust one’s behavior appropriately. For example, one<br />

should always assume that there is a significant possibility that cultural<br />

differences are causing communication problems, and be willing to be<br />

patient and forgiving, rather than hostile and aggressive, if problems<br />

143


<strong>de</strong>velop. One should respond slowly and carefully in cross-cultural<br />

exchanges, not jumping to the conclusion that you know what is being<br />

thought and said.<br />

5. Suggestion for heated conflicts is to stop, listen, and think, that<br />

means withdraw from the situation, step back, and reflect on what is going<br />

on before you act. Ask yourself: What could be going on here? Is it<br />

possible I misinterpreted what they said, or they misinterpreted me? Often<br />

misinterpretation is the source of the problem. Active listening can<br />

sometimes be used to check this out – by repeating what one thinks he or<br />

she heard, one can confirm that one un<strong>de</strong>rstands the communication<br />

accurately. If words are used differently between languages or cultural<br />

groups, however, even active listening can overlook misun<strong>de</strong>rstandings.<br />

6. Often intermediaries who are familiar with both cultures can be<br />

helpful in cross-cultural communication situations. They can translate both<br />

the substance and the manner of what is said.<br />

7. Do put asi<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>fensiveness. When accused of not un<strong>de</strong>rstanding,<br />

admit that it’s probably true. Ask for help in un<strong>de</strong>rstanding your partner’s<br />

co<strong>de</strong>.<br />

8. Try continuously to improve your intercultural competence. That<br />

means to be intercultural sensitive (to capture and un<strong>de</strong>rstand, in<br />

interaction with people from foreign cultures, their specific concepts in<br />

perception, thinking, feeling and acting, while being free from prejudices);<br />

and to be self-confi<strong>de</strong>nt (to know what you want, your strengths and<br />

weaknesses, to be emotional stabile in or<strong>de</strong>r to express your own point of<br />

view in a transparent way with the aim to be un<strong>de</strong>rstood and respected by<br />

staying flexible where this is possible, and being clear where this is<br />

necessary).<br />

► Exercises and Discussions:<br />

1. What is culture? Give some alternative <strong>de</strong>finition to the term<br />

“culture”?<br />

2. What is the meaning of term “etiquette”? What is the relation<br />

between etiquette, politeness and culture? Give some examples<br />

cultural differences in etiquette.<br />

3. What is conflict? Describe the styles of conflict responses and<br />

types of conflict management.<br />

4. Describe the ways of conflict resolution and strategies of<br />

success conflict solving.<br />

144


5. What is intercultural communication? Learn the rules of<br />

successful intercultural communication.<br />

► Recommen<strong>de</strong>d Essays<br />

1. Ethno medicine/Global health<br />

2. Health, food and culture<br />

3. Conflict in health system<br />

4. Etiquette: norms of behavior in public place, at the<br />

business lunch, in the formal meeting, a family lunch etc.<br />

► Literature:<br />

1. Bartos Otomar J., Wehr Paul Ernest. Using conflict theory.<br />

Cambridge University Press, 2002.<br />

2. Engen<strong>de</strong>r Health. (2004) Reducing Stigma and Discrimination<br />

Related to HIV and AIDS: Training for Health Care Workers,<br />

Trainer's Manual and Participant's Handbook.<br />

http://www.popline.org/docs/273667<br />

3. MacLachlan Malcolm. Culture and health: a critical perspective<br />

towards global health. John Wiley and Sons, 2006.<br />

4. Pagano Michael P., Michael Pagano. Interactive Case Studies<br />

in Health Communication. Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2010.<br />

5. Storey John. Cultural theory and popular culture: a rea<strong>de</strong>r.<br />

Pearson Education, 2006. – 657 p.<br />

6. Winkelman Michael. Culture and health: applying medical<br />

anthropology. John Wiley and Sons, 2008.<br />

145


146<br />

Chapter 8<br />

Health Risk Behaviors and Communication in Risk Conditions<br />

Every human being is the author of his<br />

own health or disease.<br />

8.1. Dangerous Factors Determining Appearance of Illness<br />

Buddha<br />

The World Health Organization (WHO) <strong>de</strong>fined health as "a state of<br />

complete physical, mental, and social well-being and not merely the<br />

absence of disease or infirmity." When these conditions of well – being are<br />

not fulfilled, then one can be consi<strong>de</strong>red to have an illness or be ill. Illness<br />

sometimes referred to as ill-health or a state of poor health. Taking in<br />

account the broad <strong>de</strong>finition of health given by WHO, it is possible to<br />

resume that human health is influenced at least by three factors: physical,<br />

mental and social. And consequently the state of poor health is <strong>de</strong>termined<br />

by the same factors.<br />

Physical factors strongly influence health status and health<br />

practices. Among them can be listed: genetic make-up, age, <strong>de</strong>velopmental<br />

level, race and sex etc. For instance the young woman who has a family<br />

history of breast cancer and diabetes is at a higher risk to <strong>de</strong>velop these<br />

conditions.<br />

Mental factor inclu<strong>de</strong> some dimensions: emotional, intellectual and<br />

spiritual. It is proved that emotion affect body function and consequently<br />

influences health. For instance long term stress affects the body systems<br />

and anxiety affects health habits; conversely, calm acceptance and<br />

relaxation can actually change body responses to illness. Or a relevant<br />

example is a stu<strong>de</strong>nt that prior to a test always has diarrhea.<br />

The intellectual dimension encompasses cognitive abilities,<br />

educational background and past experiences. These influence a client’s<br />

responses to teaching about health and reactions to health care during<br />

illness. They also play a major role in health behaviors. For instance a<br />

young person with diabetes who follows a diabetic diet but continues to<br />

drink beer and eat pizza with friends several times a week is at risk<br />

because did not realize the danger of such a behavior.


Spiritual dimension refers to spiritual and religious beliefs. These<br />

two are important components of the way the person behaves in health and<br />

illness. For instance Jehovah Witnesses’ are opposed to blood transfusions<br />

which could make a banal illness lethal one<br />

Social factors imply usually to dimensions: environmental and<br />

Socio-cultural.<br />

Housing, sanitation, climate and pollution of air, food and water are<br />

aspects of environmental dimension which have many influences on health<br />

and illness. For instance in large cities with smog are increased inci<strong>de</strong>nce<br />

of asthma and respiratory problems.<br />

Socio-cultural dimension inclu<strong>de</strong>s a person’s economic level,<br />

lifestyle, family and culture. Low-income groups are less likely to seek<br />

health care to prevent or treat illness; high-income groups are more prone<br />

to stress-related habits and illness. The family and the culture to which the<br />

person belongs <strong>de</strong>termine patterns of livings and values, about health and<br />

illness that are often unalterable. For instance the adolescent whose parents<br />

smoke and drink will see nothing wrong with smoking or drinking. Or for<br />

instance the person of Asian <strong>de</strong>scent is more likely to use herbal remedies<br />

and acupuncture to treat an illness then results of conventional medicine.<br />

8.2. Risky Health Lifestyles<br />

Lifestyle is a term to <strong>de</strong>scribe the way a person lives. It is the<br />

style of living that reflects the attitu<strong>de</strong>s and values of a person. A lifestyle<br />

is a characteristic bundle of behaviors (patterns of behavior) including<br />

social relations, consumption, entertainment, and dress. The behaviors and<br />

practices within lifestyles are a mixture of habits, conventional ways of<br />

doing things, and reasoned actions.<br />

In public health, "lifestyle" generally means a pattern of individual<br />

practices and personal behavioral choices that are related to elevated or<br />

reduced health risk. Since the mid-1970s, there has been a growing<br />

recognition of the significant contribution of personal behavior choices to<br />

health risk—in the United States thirty-eight percent of <strong>de</strong>aths in 1990<br />

were attributed to tobacco, diet and activity patterns, and alcohol. Equally<br />

important, illnesses attributable to lifestyle choices play a role in reducing<br />

health-related quality of life and in creating health disparities among<br />

different segments of the population.<br />

In what will follow are unfol<strong>de</strong>d the most heath risky lifestyle.<br />

147


Smoking<br />

Smoking is a major cause of heart and blood vessel disease. The<br />

American Heart Association has named cigarette smoking as the most<br />

dangerous of the modifiable risk factors. Overall, smokers experience a<br />

70% greater <strong>de</strong>ath rate from heart and blood vessel disease than<br />

nonsmokers; and heavy smokers (two or more packs per day) have a <strong>de</strong>ath<br />

rate two to three times greater than nonsmokers. Inhaling cigarette smoke<br />

produces temporary effects on the heart and blood vessels. The nicotine in<br />

the smoke increases blood pressure, heart rate, and the amount of blood<br />

pumped by the heart and the blood flow in the vessels in the heart. Other<br />

effects inclu<strong>de</strong> narrowing of the vessels in the arms and legs. Nicotine is<br />

not the only bad element in cigarette smoke. Carbon monoxi<strong>de</strong> gets in the<br />

blood which reduces the amount of oxygen available to the heart and all<br />

other parts of the body. Cigarette smoking also causes the platelets in the<br />

blood to become sticky and cluster which can harm the heart and blood<br />

vessels. No cigarettes are consi<strong>de</strong>red safe. Many smokers who have<br />

switched to low tar and low nicotine cigarettes smoke more or inhale more<br />

<strong>de</strong>eply to make up for the <strong>de</strong>creased nicotine. By inhaling more <strong>de</strong>eply,<br />

smokers may increase their risk of disease. Regardless of how much or<br />

how long you have smoked, when you quit smoking your risk of heart and<br />

blood vessel disease gradually <strong>de</strong>creases.<br />

Finnish researchers report that men who smoke not only die<br />

younger but they have a poorer quality of life than those who never<br />

smoked. "An especially large negative effect was seen for heavy smokers<br />

[more than 20 cigarettes daily], who lost about 10 years of their life<br />

expectancy, and those who survived experienced a significant <strong>de</strong>cline in<br />

their quality of life," said lead researcher Dr. Arto Y. Strandberg, from the<br />

University of Helsinki. The report was published in the Oct. 13 issue of<br />

the Archives of Internal Medicine. For the study, Strandberg's team<br />

collected data on 1,658 men born between 1919 and 1934 and interviewed<br />

in 1974. Over 26 years of follow-up, 372 men had died. Men who had<br />

never smoked lived an average of 10 years longer than men who smoked<br />

more than 20 cigarettes a day, the researchers found. Non-smokers also<br />

scored better on quality-of-life measures, compared with smokers.<br />

"Especially significant differences were seen in physical functioning,<br />

general health, vitality and bodily pain," Strandberg said. "The impairment<br />

of the physical functioning score of smokers was equal to a 10-year age<br />

difference in the general population." Quality of life was worse even<br />

148


among men who stopped smoking. "On the individual level, the bad news<br />

is that while beneficial compared to continued smoking, cessation of<br />

smoking after midlife could not fully recover the higher risk in mortality<br />

and poorer health-related quality of life seen in smokers," Strandberg said.<br />

Alcohol consuming<br />

Each time someone has a drink, whether it is beer, wine, or liquor,<br />

he or she is consuming alcohol. Alcohol is a drug that is absorbed into the<br />

bloodstream from the stomach and small intestine. It is broken down by<br />

the liver and then eliminated from the body. There are limits to how fast<br />

the liver can break down alcohol and this process cannot be sped up. Until<br />

the liver has time to break down all of the alcohol, the alcohol continues to<br />

circulate in the bloodstream, affecting all of the body's organs, including<br />

the brain. In general, the liver can break down the equivalent of about one<br />

drink per hour and nothing can speed this up--including black coffee.<br />

As alcohol reaches the brain, the person begins to "feel" drunk. The<br />

exact nature of this feeling can vary consi<strong>de</strong>rably from individual to<br />

individual and even within the same individual from situation to situation.<br />

What is common to all individuals and all situations is that alcohol<br />

<strong>de</strong>presses the brain and slows down its ability to control the body and the<br />

mind. This is one reason why alcohol is so dangerous. Alcohol acts like a<br />

sedative and slows down muscle coordination, reflexes, movement, and<br />

speech. If an individual drinks too much alcohol, his or her breathing or<br />

heart rate can reach dangerously low levels or even stop.<br />

Drugs abuse and addiction<br />

People experiment with drugs for many different reasons. Many first<br />

try drugs out of curiosity, to have a good time, because friends are doing it,<br />

or in an effort to improve athletic performance or ease another problem,<br />

such as stress, anxiety, or <strong>de</strong>pression. Use doesn’t automatically lead to<br />

abuse (addiction), and there is no specific level at which drug use moves<br />

from casual to problematic. It varies by individual. But in many case if left<br />

unchecked, the drug is going to win, becoming a disease. Drug abuse is a<br />

disease of the brain, and the drugs change brain chemistry, which results in<br />

a change in behavior. While each drug produces different physical effects,<br />

all abused substances share one thing in common: repeated use can alter<br />

the way the brain looks and functions.<br />

1. Taking a recreational drug causes a surge in levels of dopamine<br />

in brain, which trigger feelings of pleasure. Brain remembers these<br />

feelings and wants them repeated.<br />

149


2. If person becomes addicted, the substance takes on the same<br />

significance as other survival behaviors, such as eating and drinking.<br />

3. Changes in brain interfere with ability to think clearly, exercise<br />

good judgment, control behavior, and feel normal without drugs.<br />

4. Whether one is addicted to inhalants, heroin, Xanax, speed, or<br />

Vicodin, the uncontrollable craving to use grows more important than<br />

anything else, including family, friends, career, and even your own health<br />

and happiness.<br />

5. The urge to use is so strong that one mind finds many ways to<br />

<strong>de</strong>ny or rationalize the addiction. A person may drastically un<strong>de</strong>restimate<br />

the quantity of drugs taken, how much it impacts his life, and the level of<br />

control he have over his drug use.<br />

Asi<strong>de</strong> from the obvious behavioral consequences of addiction, the<br />

negative effects on a person’s health are potentially <strong>de</strong>vastating. People<br />

who use drugs experience a wi<strong>de</strong> array of physical effects other than those<br />

expected. The excitement of a cocaine effect, for instance, is followed by a<br />

"crash": a period of anxiety, fatigue, <strong>de</strong>pression, and an strong <strong>de</strong>sire to<br />

use more cocaine to alleviate the feelings of the crash.<br />

Marijuana and alcohol interfere with motor control and are factors<br />

in many automobile acci<strong>de</strong>nts. Users of marijuana and hallucinogenic<br />

drugs may experience flashbacks, unwanted recurrences of the drug's<br />

effects weeks or months after use. Abrupt abstinence from certain drugs<br />

result in withdrawal symptoms. For example, heroin withdrawal symptoms<br />

cause vomiting, muscle cramps, convulsions, and <strong>de</strong>lirium. With the<br />

continued use of a physically addictive drug, tolerance <strong>de</strong>velops; i.e.,<br />

constantly increasing amounts of the drug are nee<strong>de</strong>d to duplicate the<br />

initial effect. Sharing hypo<strong>de</strong>rmic needles used to inject some drugs<br />

dramatically increases the risk of contracting AIDS and some types of<br />

hepatitis. In addition, increased sexual activity among drug users, both in<br />

prostitution and from the disinhibiting effect of some drugs, also puts them<br />

at a higher risk of AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. Because<br />

the purity and dosage of illegal drugs such as heroin are uncontrolled,<br />

Drug Overdose is a constant risk. There are over 10,000 <strong>de</strong>aths directly<br />

attributable to drug use in the United States every year. Many drug users<br />

engage in criminal activity, such as burglary and prostitution, to raise the<br />

money to buy drugs, and some drugs, especially alcohol, are associated<br />

with violent behavior.<br />

150


Se<strong>de</strong>ntary lifestyle<br />

A se<strong>de</strong>ntary lifestyle is a mo<strong>de</strong> of living in which a person, an adult<br />

or child, does not engage in sufficient physical activity or exercise for<br />

what is generally consi<strong>de</strong>red healthy living. The term is often used by<br />

doctors or professionals within the medical community to <strong>de</strong>scribe a<br />

lifestyle among many people in highly <strong>de</strong>veloped countries that does not<br />

afford them opportunities for physical activity. This type of living has<br />

been heavily influenced by the propagation of passive forms of<br />

entertainment such as television, vi<strong>de</strong>o games, and computer use. Along<br />

with such inactive types of entertainment, shifting of large numbers of<br />

adult workers from physical labor to office jobs has also increased the<br />

ten<strong>de</strong>ncy for many people, especially in technologically <strong>de</strong>veloped<br />

nations, toward a se<strong>de</strong>ntary lifestyle. Numerous studies conducted by<br />

doctors and researchers have indicated a variety of negative impacts on a<br />

person’s life due to living a se<strong>de</strong>ntary lifestyle. Some of the negative<br />

effects mentioned by researches are as follows:<br />

The major effect of a se<strong>de</strong>ntary lifestyle is increased weight gain<br />

and obesity. Ingesting a lot of calories and not really burning any of them,<br />

body <strong>de</strong>posit them as excess fat. Obesity is a big problem of contemporary<br />

society because it causes many difficult health problems such as heart<br />

disease, diabetes, and increased chances of certain types of cancer.<br />

Lack of physical exercise increased risk of heart diseases. Heart<br />

in or<strong>de</strong>r to keep functioning efficiently must get a proper supply of blood<br />

from the blood vessels (coronary arteries). Leading a se<strong>de</strong>ntary lifestyle<br />

can slow the blood circulation and blood vessels can get stiff and blocked.<br />

In serious cases, this can lead to arteriosclerosis and cardiac arrest.<br />

According to a study, lack of physical activity in middle age can increase<br />

risk of dying from heart disease by 52 percent in men and 28 percent in<br />

women.<br />

Se<strong>de</strong>ntary lifestyle increased risk of diabetes. According to study<br />

conducted by researchers at Duke University Medical Center, regular<br />

exercise helps in regulating the blood glucose levels. The lack of exercise<br />

results in increased blood sugar levels putting excess stress on your<br />

pancreas (which secretes the hormone Insulin), which increases chances of<br />

diabetes.<br />

Decreased activity increases the risk of <strong>de</strong>veloping certain types<br />

of cancers such as breast cancer, colon cancer, and other types of<br />

malignant tumors. According to a study carried out by the University of<br />

151


Hong Kong, physical inactivity can increase the risk of dying from cancer<br />

by 45 percent in men and 28 percent in women.<br />

Increased risk of osteoporosis: The prolonged inactivity causes<br />

your bones to lose their strength as they are no longer challenged to<br />

support your body structure, which can result in Arthritis and<br />

Osteoporosis.<br />

Se<strong>de</strong>ntary lifestyle lead to muscles tone loose: The more<br />

se<strong>de</strong>ntary lifestyle one has the lesser muscles one is likely to posses. The<br />

less muscles one possesses the lesser is one ability to carry out the day-today<br />

tasks.<br />

Sleeping difficulties: A se<strong>de</strong>ntary lifestyle doesn't put any<br />

physical pressure on the body. Thus the body doesn't feel like taking a rest<br />

often which leads to sleeping difficulties and in severe cases can also lead<br />

to insomnia.<br />

Headaches: Researchers in Norway found that that people who<br />

did not exercise were 14 percent more likely to <strong>de</strong>velop non-migraine<br />

headaches than those who did exercise.<br />

Faster aging process: Telomeres are repeat sequences of DNA<br />

that sit on the ends of chromosomes, protecting them from damage. As we<br />

get ol<strong>de</strong>r, the telomeres get shorter, and their <strong>de</strong>terioration is associated<br />

with the physical signs of middle and old age. A research study found that<br />

in inactive people the telomeres shortened more quickly than in active<br />

people. The faster is the rate of shortening, the faster is the ageing process.<br />

The faster is ageing process, the higher is the mortality rate.<br />

Unhealthy eating habits<br />

Many genetic, environmental, behavioral and cultural factors can<br />

affect a person's health. Un<strong>de</strong>rstanding family history of disease or risk<br />

factors, such as body weight and fat distribution, blood pressure and blood<br />

cholesterol, can help people make more informed <strong>de</strong>cisions about how to<br />

improve health. Making good food choices is among the most pleasurable<br />

and effective ways of improving health. People require energy and certain<br />

essential nutrients. These nutrients are essential because the body cannot<br />

make these nutrients on its own and must obtain them from food. Essential<br />

nutrients inclu<strong>de</strong> vitamins, minerals, certain amino acids and certain fatty<br />

acids. Foods also contain fiber and other components that are important for<br />

health. Each of these food components has a specific function in the body<br />

and they are all required for overall health. For example, people need<br />

calcium for strong bones, for example, but many other nutrients also take<br />

152


part in building and maintaining bones. The carbohydrates, fats and<br />

proteins in food supply energy, which is measured in calories.<br />

Carbohydrates and proteins provi<strong>de</strong> 4 calories per gram. Fat contributes<br />

more than twice as much -- 9 calories per gram -- and foods that are high<br />

in fat are also high in calories.<br />

Healthy nutrition is a diet of balanced nutrients. Healthful nutrition<br />

help children grow <strong>de</strong>velop and perform well in school. A healthy diet<br />

allows adults to work productively and feel their best. Good food choices<br />

also can help to prevent chronic diseases, such as heart disease, certain<br />

cancers, diabetes, stroke and osteoporosis, which are leading causes of<br />

<strong>de</strong>ath and disability. A proper diet can also reduce major risk factors for<br />

chronic diseases, such as obesity, high blood pressure and high blood<br />

cholesterol. In opposition unhealthy nutrition can cause all mentioned<br />

above health problems. Unhealthy nutrition is not only imbalanced<br />

nutritionist diet but also unhealthy eating habits. Bad eating habits inclu<strong>de</strong>:<br />

skipping breakfast, eating before bed, excessive consuming of fast food,<br />

starvation, eating while doing something, eating too fast, lake of water.<br />

Healthy breakfast is very important because give boost of energy<br />

and help clear the fog out of brain.<br />

Eating before bed could result in bad sleep and exacerbating<br />

indigestion.<br />

Fatty snack foods like chips, pizza or cookies can lead to weight<br />

gain and dissatisfaction..<br />

Contrary to what many may think, the body’s first reaction to<br />

starvation is weight gain via the storage of fat. Well, when one doesn’t eat<br />

for long periods of time, one’s body thinks it needs to store calories as fat<br />

because it doesn’t know when the chance to eat will come again. And then,<br />

the fat remains with person.<br />

Eating while doing something lead to overeating, and<br />

subsequently, weight gain. Plus, once begin eating while doing something<br />

else, one often can’t stop it and becomes a mechanical act.<br />

Eating too quickly also encourages weight gain and indigestion as<br />

well.<br />

Water is necessary for the optimal functioning of all life forms,<br />

humans inclu<strong>de</strong>d. What’s surprising is that not drinking a<strong>de</strong>quate amounts<br />

of water throughout the day can actually slow down metabolism, making<br />

153


weight gain a likely possibility, since water is necessary for all metabolic<br />

functions, including calorie burning.<br />

Concluding it is possible to say that bad food habit is a serious cause<br />

of obesity and all associated health problems.<br />

Stress<br />

Stress, as <strong>de</strong>fined by Dr. Hans Selye, is "the nonspecific response of<br />

the body to any <strong>de</strong>mand ma<strong>de</strong> upon it." More specifically, stress is <strong>de</strong>fined<br />

by perception. If a person finds a job situation, or another personality<br />

particularly stressful, the feeling often will trigger a physiological<br />

response. On the other hand, studies have shown that when a job situation<br />

or another personality stimulate feelings of challenge or a positive<br />

reaction, these same physiological reactions do not occur. Therefore, when<br />

we talk about stress in relation to disease, we are looking at the more<br />

negative stress. Physiological responses to stress inclu<strong>de</strong> an increase in<br />

heart rate, an increase in blood pressure, and an increased rate of<br />

breathing. These symptoms are caused by the release of adrenaline, which<br />

also narrows your arteries, and results in a greater workload on the heart. If<br />

you are unable to control your stress, you may be at risk for high blood<br />

pressure and possibly injury to your artery walls which sets the stage for<br />

plaque <strong>de</strong>posits. Negative stress is a risk factor for the <strong>de</strong>velopment of<br />

coronary artery disease.<br />

Stress management is a learning process. First, you need to i<strong>de</strong>ntify<br />

the particular cause of your stress. Second, you need to take steps to<br />

change those circumstances that are stressful whenever possible. Third,<br />

you need to relearn ways to cope with stress in your everyday life. The<br />

following are a few suggestions for coping with stress:<br />

- Do not waste energy being upset over little things. Remember that<br />

stress is our reaction to situations, not the situation itself. Often it helps to<br />

talk it out and get a different perspective of the situation while at the same<br />

time venting your concerns.<br />

- Escape from the stress for a period of time. Exercise, taking a walk<br />

before lunch to get rid of the morning's frustrations or taking a walk after<br />

work to help unwind, can be very helpful to reduce your stress.<br />

- Beware of the super-person urges. Set priorities, establish realistic<br />

goals and stop trying to do too much.<br />

- Take time to relax daily whether you learn relaxation techniques<br />

or just take time out for a favorite hobby.<br />

154


- Take it easy with criticism or arguments. Stand your ground on<br />

what you believe is right, but make allowances for the other party. Search<br />

for the "positives" of an argument, of a critical person, as well as your own<br />

positive qualities.<br />

- Finally, if stress seems out of control, discuss it further with your<br />

doctor or health care professional. They may be able to direct you to other<br />

sources for help such as support groups or professionals trained in stress<br />

management.<br />

8.3. Behavior Change Communication<br />

Lifestyles are directly related to the health state. More over studies<br />

say that behavioral factors play a role in each of the twelve leading causes<br />

of <strong>de</strong>ath, including chronic diseases such as heart disease, cancer, and<br />

stroke. In United States and other <strong>de</strong>veloped countries the most common<br />

behavioral contributors to mortality, or <strong>de</strong>ath, in 1990 inclu<strong>de</strong>d the use of<br />

alcohol, tobacco, firearms, and motor vehicles; diet and activity patterns;<br />

sexual behavior; and illicit use of drugs. Behaviors such as these are<br />

thought to contribute to almost half of the <strong>de</strong>aths in the United States, and,<br />

according to J. McGinnis and W. Foege (1993), they were responsible for<br />

nearly 1 million <strong>de</strong>aths in the United States in the year of 1992 alone.<br />

The last two <strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong>s of the twentieth century saw a rising interest in<br />

preventing disability and <strong>de</strong>ath through changes in health-related<br />

behaviors. Behavior change is not un<strong>de</strong>rstood as an even but a complex<br />

process that occurs in stages. It is not a question of someone <strong>de</strong>ciding one<br />

day to stop smoking and the next day becoming a nonsmoker for life.<br />

Likewise, most people won't be able to dramatically change their eating<br />

patterns all at once. Even where there is good initial compliance to a<br />

health-related behavior change, a relapse to previous behavior patterns is<br />

very common.<br />

Positive health-related changes come about when people learn about<br />

risks and ways of enhancing health, and when they <strong>de</strong>velop positive<br />

attitu<strong>de</strong>s, social support, self-efficacy, and behavioral skills. The main tool<br />

for acquiring this objective is communication.<br />

Communication has long been an important tool in health<br />

promotion. Although its roots date back hundreds of years (to Cotton<br />

Mather's smallpox vaccination campaign during Colonial American<br />

times), if not thousands of years (to Aristotle's theories of persuasion), the<br />

field of public health communication is very much an outgrowth of<br />

155


contemporary social conditions. Demographic, social, and technological<br />

trends that <strong>de</strong>veloped over the second half of the twentieth century<br />

fostered conditions in which the value of good health information, and<br />

thus the value of effective health communication, became increasingly<br />

clear. Public health communication inclu<strong>de</strong>s a continuum of activities that<br />

span from research to interventions. Communication interventions are<br />

effectively used in or<strong>de</strong>r to change risky behavior and to improve health<br />

outcomes. For example, the National Institutes of Health of USA recently<br />

(in partnership with health professional associations, voluntary health<br />

agencies, and pharmaceutical companies) has conducted a communication<br />

campaign that has contributed to more than a 60 percent reduction in the<br />

<strong>de</strong>ath rate from stroke. Sud<strong>de</strong>n infant <strong>de</strong>ath syndrome (SIDS) campaigns<br />

conducted around the globe during the 1990s led to rapid and dramatic<br />

(50–80%) reductions in <strong>de</strong>ath rates from SIDS.<br />

More over communication for behavior change is also economically<br />

efficient. Treatment of behavior-related diseases like cancer is expensive,<br />

while the cost of behavior change interventions is low. For example each<br />

Quality Adjusted Life Year (QALY), say one England journal, gained via<br />

a brief smoking cessation intervention costs £500 compared with £30,000-<br />

£40,000 per QALY for treating patients with advanced cancer.<br />

Many distinctions can be ma<strong>de</strong> between the various types of health<br />

communication activities. The most important of them are the activities<br />

that seek to influence the actions of individuals and small groups or the<br />

actions of larger groups such as workplaces, communities, states, or<br />

nations. The objectives of communication interventions at the larger levels<br />

are focused on bringing about changes in policies. Example inclu<strong>de</strong>s<br />

improved safety a policy is the law prohibiting the driving un<strong>de</strong>r the<br />

influence of alcohol. At the individual (or small group) level there are two<br />

forms of activities. The first one is informed <strong>de</strong>cision-making<br />

interventions that seek to inform people for the purpose of enabling them<br />

to make better health <strong>de</strong>cisions. The second is persuasion-oriented<br />

interventions seek to persua<strong>de</strong> people to change their behaviors or beliefs.<br />

Situational factors <strong>de</strong>termine which of these two approaches is most<br />

appropriate.<br />

Persuasion-oriented interventions are appropriate when there is clear<br />

evi<strong>de</strong>nce that the behavior change is likely to benefit the individual, and<br />

when society is able to reach consensus about the worthiness of the<br />

behavior as a societal goal. Examples inclu<strong>de</strong> promotion of teen substance-<br />

156


abuse prevention. Informed <strong>de</strong>cision-making interventions are indicated in<br />

situations when persuasion would be inappropriate, when an individual's<br />

values must be taken into consi<strong>de</strong>ration to <strong>de</strong>termine the optimal behavior<br />

(e.g., prevention of sexual assault), and when society has been unable to<br />

reach consensus about the optimal recommen<strong>de</strong>d behavior (e.g.,<br />

prevention of teen pregnancy).<br />

But indifferently of forms of communication interventions, they do<br />

share some un<strong>de</strong>rlying principles of effectiveness:<br />

The first and most important step in communication planning is to<br />

gain as much insight as possible into the target audience. This is done<br />

primarily by conducting original audience research (e.g., focus groups,<br />

surveys), assessing the results of previous communication efforts, and<br />

drawing from theories of communication and behavior change.<br />

The strategies and tactics of a communication intervention will<br />

differ <strong>de</strong>pending on the stated objective (e.g., informed <strong>de</strong>cision-making,<br />

persuasion, policy change). A clear statement of objectives focuses and<br />

enhances all other elements of the communication planning process.<br />

A critical step in communication planning is to <strong>de</strong>termine what<br />

information has the greatest value in helping to achieve the stated<br />

objective of the campaign. The i<strong>de</strong>al (albeit rare) scenario is when a single<br />

powerful i<strong>de</strong>a is sufficient to motivate and enable members of the target<br />

audience to embrace the campaign's objective.<br />

After the information with the greatest value has been i<strong>de</strong>ntified,<br />

communication planners must <strong>de</strong>termine how to convey that information<br />

simply and clearly, often, and by many trusted sources. Message repetition<br />

is an important element of program success. Audiences tend to process<br />

information incrementally over time. When the message is stated simply<br />

and clearly, when it is repeated often enough, and when it is stated by<br />

many trusted sources, audience members are more likely to learn and<br />

embrace the message.<br />

► Exercises and Discussions:<br />

1. What is health and illness?<br />

2. What are the factors which <strong>de</strong>termine appearance of illness? Share<br />

your oven experience.<br />

3. What is lifestyle? Describe the elements of unhealthy life style.<br />

4. What are the effects of alcohol consuming, of the drug abuse,<br />

smoking, se<strong>de</strong>ntary life, unhealthy nutrition? Analyze each of<br />

them.<br />

157


5. Sketch a list of healthy lifestyle rules.<br />

6. How do you think what are the effects of unhealthy lifestyle on<br />

family and society?<br />

7. How can be communication used to change the health related<br />

behavior? Give exemples.<br />

► Recommen<strong>de</strong>d Essays<br />

1. Distress as a factor influencing appearance of illness.<br />

2. Environmental illnesses<br />

3. Occupation and illness.<br />

4. Grieving and <strong>de</strong>pression<br />

► Literature:<br />

1. Blaxter Mildred. Health and lifestyles. Routledge, 1990 .<br />

2. Communication for health http://www.answers.com/topic/healthpromotion<br />

3. Bury Michael. Health and illness. Polity, 2005.<br />

4. Bury Michael. Health and illness in a changing society. Routledge,<br />

1997.<br />

5. Nettleton Sarah. The sociology of health and illness. Polity, 2006.<br />

6. Kafle KK et al. Training intervention to improve the use of<br />

medicines in the communitz through school teachers and women]s<br />

groups. Pharmaceutical Horiyon of Nepal. INRUD Newa, 2001,<br />

Oct; 11 (1):5<br />

http://www.inrud.org/news_pdf/vol11no1_nopics.pdf<br />

7. Sally A. Shumaker, Ockene Judith K., Riekert Kristin A.. The<br />

handbook of health behavior change. Springer Publishing<br />

Company, 2009.<br />

8. Selection and rational use of medicine. World Health<br />

Organization, Geneva, 2006,<br />

http//www.who.int/medicines/areas/rational_use/en/in<strong>de</strong>x.html<br />

9. The Role of Education in the Rational Use of Medicine. World<br />

Health Organization, Regional Office for South-East Asia,<br />

Technical Publication Series no.45, April, 2007.<br />

158

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!